LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. 5 






UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. { 

MB 



o^U^tz^Oa^L^ £2$. 'titty 



JV C 



3-S-SL.. 



GERMAN MANUAL 



OR 



FIRST INSTRUCTION 



IN THE 



GERMAN LANGUAGE. 



BY 



"3, 

E. C. f. KRAUSS, 

INSTRUCTOR AT HARVARD COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, MASS, 







BOSTON:, 
S. R. TJRBINO, 13, SCHOOL STREET. 

NEW YORK: F. W. CHRISTERN, 763, BROADWAY. 
PHINADELPHIA: F. LEYPOLDT, 1323, CHESTNUT STREET. 

1864. 






Entered according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1864, by 

S. R. URBINO, 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the District 
of Massachusetts. 



^7 2- tti 



PREFACE. 



X his little work does not pretend to be a grammar, but 
simply, what its title says, a manual. Its successful use 
requires an able and experienced teacher. But without such 
even the most elaborate grammar will be of little profit to a 
beginner. 

The German grammar, as well in etymology as in syntax, 
is much more complicated than the grammar of most other 
modern languages ; and a detailed statement of all the rules, 
exceptions, etc. must confound and discourage the student 
to whom the whole language is yet an unknown field ; whereas 
a statement of the most important grammatical points only 
— while qualifying him at least to read German under- 
standingly — will also give him an insight into the general 
spirit of the language. This insight will enable him who 
has time and inclination afterwards to undertake a thorough 
study of the detailed minutiae and of their application in 
writing German, to do so with profit and interest. 



in 



IV 



The ability to converse in a foreign language, can never 
be acquired from books. Yet the attempt at conversation 
cannot be commenced too early ; and for this reason many 
of the examples given in this manual are specimens of con- 
versation, such as is really carried on in daily life. But here 
too, oral instruction must principally be depended upon. 

Every teacher who is not an automaton, and who does 
not wish merely to hear his pupils recite their lesson, but 
really to instruct them, will have his own method ; and for 
him, a simple manual, containing only the most neccessary 
facts, will be more welcome than a minute classbook, which 
prevents his free agency as an instructor. 

Cambridge, July 1864. 

THE AUTHOR. 



COJNTTENTS. 



Introduction. 

Page. 
The letters and their pronunciation. 

1. The German alphabet 1 

2. Pronunciation of the vowels 2 

3. „ „ „ simple consonants 2 

4. Compound consonants 3 



PART FIRST. 

Practical Exercises. 

First Lesson, id) fcitt — predicative adjective 5 

Second Lesson, f dj toav — the simple principal sentence 6 

Third Lesson, id) tya&e 8 

Beading lesson I. £>te Slip en 8 

Fourth Lesson, id) Ijatte — numerals, one to ten 8 

Reading lesson IT 9 

Fifth Lesson, tdj foerfce — id) fcurbe — numerals eleven to a million 10 

Beading lesson III 11 

Sixth Lesson. i<$ UU, — i^ rcbc 12 

Beading lesson IV ; 13 

Seventh Lesson, id) Xebte f — id) refeete, — bicfer 13 

Beading lesson V. !£>ie alttn £)eutfdjett 15 

Eighth Lesson. First declension — i$ toerfce Tefen 15 

Beading lesson VI .17 

V 



VI 

Page. 
Ninth Lesson. Second declension — 1$ tyafce, tyatte Qete&t, — tnein jc .17 

First conjugation 19 

Reading lesson VII 19 

Tenth Lesson. Third declension — idj werbe gc^en,— id) bin gefcanbert — the subordi- 
nate sentence 19 

Reading lesson VIII 20 

Eleventh Lesson. Fourth declension — tooUm, foflen, lonncn 21 

Reading lesson IX 22 

Twelfth Lesson. Mixed declension — mogen, bitrfen, tniiffen » 23 

Reading lesson X 1 25 

Thirteenth Lesson. Prepositions 25 

Reading lesson XI 27 

Fourteenth Lesson. Personal pronouns — passive voice 28 

Reading lesson XII 30 

Fifteenth Lesson. Declension of the adjective 31 

Reading lesson XIII 33 

Sixteenth Lesson. Present tense of th e strong conjugation 34 

Reading lesson XIV 35 

Seventeenth Lesson. Second conjugation 36 

Reading lesson XV 37 

Eighteenth Lesson. Third conjugation 39 

Reading Lesson XVI 40 

Nineteenth Lesson. Fourth conjugation 42 

Reading lesson XVII 42 

Twentieth Lesson. Fifth conjugation 43 

Reading lesson XVIII 43 

Twenty First Lesson. Irregular verbs 45 

Reading lesson XIX. ©fijje au$ einem ZaQthvify 46 

Twenty Second Lesson. Separable and inseparable verbs 47 

Reading lesson XX 48 

Twenty Third Lesson. Reflexive and impersonal verbs 49 

Reading lesson XXI 50 

Twenty Fourth Lesson. Infinitive 51 

Reading lesson XXII 52 



VII 

PART SECOND. 

Grammatical Kules and Paradigms. 

I Page. 
Chap. I. The Article. 

a. The definite article 1 57 

b. „ indefinite „ 2 57 

Chap. II. Declension of Courts 3 57 

Remarks • 4 59 

Paradigms : First declension 5 61 

Second „ 6 61 

Third „ 7 61 

Fourth „ 8 62 

Mixed „ 9 63 

Chap, III. The Verb. 

A. Rules and Remarks. 

Some general remarks 10 63 

System of conjugations 11 64 

Weak or first conjugation 12 64 

Strong conjugation (II., in., IV., T.) 13 64 

The augment of the past participle 14 66 

Separable and inseparable prefixes 15 66 

Terminations of the simple forms 16 67 

Ablaut of the strong conjugation 17 67 

Second conjugation. First class 18 68 

Second,, 19 68 

Third „ 20 69 

Third conjugation. First class. 21 69 

Second „ 22 69 

Third „ 23 70 

Fourth conjugation 24 70 

Fifth „ 25 71 

Irregular verbs 26 71 

Compound tenses 27.28 72 

B. Paradigms of conjugation 

The auxiliary verb fyafcen 29 73 

j» •> » fern 30 74 

» n if toerfcen 31 75 

First paradigm of the weak conjugation, UUn 32 77 

860011(1 » » „ „ rebttt 33 78 



VIII 



First paradigm of the strong conjugation, fyetfen 34 

Second ,. „ „ „ fafyren 35 80 

Passive voice 36 81 

Impersonal verb 37 82 

Reflectiive „ 38 82 

Inseparable compound verb 39 84 

Separable „ „ 40 84 

Auxiliary verbs of mood : SBotten 41 85 

eottcn 42 85 

tfonnen 43 80 

Wl'Wn 44 86 

Durfen 45 87 

TCffen 45 87 

2Btffen,Note 46 88 

Chap, IV, Declensi on of Pronouns, 

Personal pronouns 47 88 

Demonstrative and relative etc. pronouns 48 89 

Possessive pronouns 49 90 

Chap, V. The Adjective 50 90 

Comparison of adjectives 51 90 

Declension „ „ 52,53 91 

A. Strong declension 54 92 

B. Weak „ 55 93 

C. Mixed „ 56 93 

Chap, VI. The Preposition, 

I. Prepositions governing the genitive 57 94 

II. „ „ dative 58 94 

III. j, „ accusative 59 95 

IV. „ „ dative and accusative 60 95 

Chap VII. Arrangement of Words 61 95 

A. Regular succession of words. 

1. Of the principal parts. 
I. Principal clause. 

a. Declaratory sentence » 62 96 

b. Interrogative etc. sentence t .63 96 

II. Subordinate clause 64 97 

2. Of modifying expression s 65 97 

I, Principal clause. 

a. Declaratory sentence 66 98 

b. Innterrogative sentence 67 98 



IX 

§ Page. 

II. Subordinate clause 68 93 

B. Inverted succession of words 69 99 

I. Principal declaratory sentence 70 99 

II. Interrogative sentence 71 100 

III. Subordinate sentence 72 100 

Chvp. VIII, Use of the Subjunctive 73. 74 101 

Vocabulary I 103 

„ H 121 

General Index 129 



PART FIRST. 



PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 



Introduction. 

The Letters and their Pronunciation. 

1. The German Alphabet. 









Name. 






Name. 


21 


a, 


a, 


all 


m 


n, n, 


enn 


33 


&, 


b, 


bay 


D 


0, O, 


oh 


<£ 


c, 


c, 


tsay 


■9 


p, V, 


pay 


2) 


b, 


a, 


day 


n 


<\, <i» 


koo 


e 


e, 


e, 


ay 


91 


r, r, 


err *) 


8 


f, 


f, 


eff 


© 


f/«/ s > 


ess 


© 


8/ 


g> 


gay 


X 


t, t, 


tay 


£ 


*, 


t, 


hah 


u 


U, u, 


00 


3 


t, 


», 


ee 


25 


»/ v r 


fow 


3 


1/ 


j> 


vot 


355 


»/ *» 


(vay)*) 


tf 


f, 


k, 


kah 


X 


r, x, 


ix 


2 


t, 


1, 


ell 


3 


9/ y, 


ypsilon 


W 


nt/ 


m, 


emm 


3 


J/ z, 


tset. 



Diphthongs : at, cm, et, eu. 

Modified vowels („Umlaute") : a, 5, ii, an. 

Compound consonants: fy, tf, t>i, ncj, J$, % fj, fd), ft fp,., 



*) See " Pronunciation of simple consonants'', 
1 



— 2 — 

!2. Pronunciation of the Vowels, 
ft is pronounced like a in father, star. 



* 99 


?? 


a „ ^a?g or like e in Jfess. 


i 


5) 


e# „ deep, „ i „ m7Z. 


o „ 


?> 


o „ note. 


K 


>? 


o „ 9%0#e, „ w „ bush. 


a 


» 


a „ t?ar£. 


8 


French g% „ seul (similar to i in bird). 


u „ 


?> 


w „ sure (no corresponding sound in 
English), 


at, ef are 


?? 


i „file. 


au is „ 


?> 


ou „ house. 


eu, ClU are 


?? 


oy „ boy. 



Note. The combination ic is no diphthong but merely an ortho- 
graphic formation, and is pronunced like ee in feel. 

3. Pronunciation of the simple Consonants. 

The letters b, b, f, $, f, l r {It, tt, p, q, t, r htive the same 
sounds as in English. 

C, used only in words of foreign origin, is pronounced 
like k, wherever it would be so in English i. e. before 
a, 0, U, CM and before consonants; Sato, (Srebtt,*) like 
Kahto, Kredit. Where in English it would have the 
sound of s, it is pronounced like J (ts) ; Gteber, @tVCU3, 
like Tsader, Tsirkus. 

g has, even before n, the sound of g in good: gar, ©elb, 
©nabe* 

fy, sounding like h in house, is always pronounced at the 
beginning, but never at the end or in the middle of a 
word, except when in a compound it is the first letter 
of the second component, as in bafyet* 

j has the sound of y in yes, year. 



*) In German all nouns begin with a capital letter. 



— 3 — 

X has, like the French r a rolling or rattling sound ; rebett, 

fRofe. 

f (long s), used only at the beginning and in the middle 

of a word, and 
£ (short or final s), used only at the end of a word or of 

a component in a compound, — are pron ounced like s 

in so, yes. The pronunciation like z is improper. 
'ff, which is used only after short vowels and in the middle 

of a word, and 
£j, which in the middle of a word is used only after long 

but at the end of a word after long and short vowels, 

— sound like ss in gossip. 
i before i with another vowel after it has the sound of j 

Qts), Nation (somewhat like natsiohn) ; this combination 

occurs only in words, originally latin. 
i) sounds like/, never like v. 
XO has no corresponding sound in English (neither v vor 

w). It resembles b ; but for XO the lips must be closed 

less tightly, and opened slower. Its pronunciation 

can only be learned by hearing ; the pronunciation like 

v is provincial. # 

$ sounds like ts; ftinn, like tsinn. 

4. Compound Consonants. 

&) a) at the beginning of a word like k, (£l)or, Kofir ; 
b) in the middle or at the end cf a word its sound has 
no corresponding one in English. It is an aspira- 
ted guttural (Greek jf), and has a deep and a high 
sound, the deep sound (comp. the Scotch loch) after 
JX, 0, U, an ; £)(*$, S3ud) ; after all other vowels and 
all consonants the high sound; i§, Tt(i)t, buxty. It 
can only be learned by hearing it. 
cf like ck. 



— 4 — 

fct like t. 

ttg lias the sound of ng in singer, never the hard one as 

in finger. 
pf) like ph or /. 

tf) „ t y never like the English th. 
fcfy „ sA in $A<w. 
ft, fp are pronounced as in English. The pronunciation 
sht, shp is common, but improper, 
tf)$, $f sounds like x, ©ctcfyg (dfaa?). But in compounds, when 
f belongs to another root than cf), each consonant has 
its usual pronunciation, toacf?fam (wa$-jaw)* 
g stands for $$, and is pronounced like a sharpened ts; 



PART FIRST. 

PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 



First Lesson. 

Sift bu it)ot)l? 3d) bin nid)t gang tool)!. SBo ift bein ©ruber? 

Art thou well? I am not quite well. Where is thy brother? 

ir ift nidjt git $aufe. SIber meine ©Item finb gu §aufc. 31)t feib 

He is not at home. But my parents are at home. You are 

fel)t reid). SBir finb menigftenS gufrieben. 

very rich. We are at least contented. 

a. id) bin I am tuir finb we are 
bit bift thou art il)t fcib you are 
er 1 he 1 fte finb they are. 
fie > ift she > is 

c8 ) it ) 

b. \)CV (masc), bte (fern.), bci§ (neut.), bte (plur.) — the 
(nom. case). 

c. In German every noun begins with a capital letter. 

d. The pronoun id) (I) does not begin with a capital letter. 

e. When an adjective is used as predicate, it takes no termin- 
ation of gender or case, but retains its primitive form, 
which is therefore called the predicative form. 

alt old Die SWlttter the mother 

Itnb and l)ier here 

jnng young ber Stoter the father 
5 



— 6 — 

franf sick ba$ §a\\& the house 

afle all [d)5n beautiful 

gefunb well ber £ag (pi. Sage) the day 

gtudPIidt) happy furg short. 

2. 

I am old and thou art young. Where is the mother? She is 
here. The father and the brother are sick. But we are all well. 
You are happy. The house is beautiful. The days are short. 



Second Lesson. 

©er S5ater mar franf unb iff mieber gefunb. 
SBarft bit fleij3tg? 3a, idj mar fleijsig unb aufmerffanu 
SBir maren gufrieb'en, aber il)r mart nidjt gliicflid). 
©tc £age maren angenefym. 

a. id) mar I was mir maren we were 

bu marft thou wast ifjr maret (mart) you were 

er mar he was fie maren they were. 

b. etn (masc), cine (fern.), ein (neut.) — a, an (nom. case). 

c. In any principal sentence, whether declaratory or interrog- 
ative, consisting only of Subject, Copula and Predicate, 
the arrangement of words is the same in German as in 
English. [Compare Part Second § 62, 63.] 

mieber again geftem yesterday 

fleijng diligent in in 

ja yes . utele many 

cutfmerffam attentive ber ©ojbat (pi. bteSoIbaten) the 

angenel)m pleasant soldier 

bte (Scfymcfter the sister bort there 

Kim now ber *pl)Uofopt) the philosopher 

fort away bie %xa\\ the woman 

netn no bie imagb the servant (female) 

nur only ba§ that 

ein mentg a little ba§ ©d)[oft the castle 

immol)l unwell bte ^ird)e the church. 



4. 

Where is the sister ? She was here and is now (gone) away. 
Thou wast sick. No, I was only a little unwell. Where were 
you yesterday? We were in Boston ; many soldiers were there. 
Thy brother was a philosopher and a soldier. The woman there 
was a servant. Was that a castle ? No, it was a church. 



Third Lesson. 

©er Setter tjat ba§ SBitd) tmb ber ©dfjuler bte geber, 3d) fyabt 
em ^Jfevb, aber mem better fyat mtr emeu $unb. $abt il)r nod) 
ba§ $au§ tmb ben ©arten? 3a, mtr fyaben nun and) em gelb. 
3So l)a(t bit ben Siegenfdjtrm? 3 it $attfe. SBtr fyaben je£t eine 
$uf) tmb em ©djaf. SBag f>at bte ©cfymefter? ©er ©ruber unb 
bte ©cfymefter fyaben etnen $ttd)en\ 

a. id) fyabt I have nnr fyaben we have 
bu f)a|t thou hast t()r l)abt you have 
er t)Clt he has fie l)aben they have. 

b. im (masc), bte (fern.), bct§ (neut.), bte (plur.) — the 
(accus. case). 

etnen (masc), ctue (fern.), em (neut.) a, an (accus. case), 
ber Scorer the teacher &ie $ill) the cow 

ba§ !6itd) (pi. SJitcfyer) the book bag ©d)af the sheep 
ber ©filler the scholar hm8 what 

bte geber the pen ber Stidjcn the cake 

bait ^ferb (pi. s ^ferbe) the horse ber 3aum the bridle 
mein my ber Sittfdjer the coachman 

ber Setter the cousin ba§ ©efd)trr the harness 

ber $unb the dog ba§ $eu, the hay 

nod) yet flcnug enough 

ber ©arten the garden bte $a|e the cat 

attd) also bag SWeffer the knife 

ba$ ^clb the field bte ©abel the fork 

ber Dicgenfdjirm the umbrella ber Soffel the spoon, 
jejjt now 

6. 

What hast thou here ? I have the bridle. The coachman has 
the harness. Have the horses hay? Yes, they have enough. 



— 8 — 

We have a dog and a cat. Where have you the books ? We 
have the books here and the pen there. I have a knife, a fork 
and a spoon. 

Reading lesson I. 
$ i t <2t i p t n. 

THE ALPS. 

©ie Slfpen bilben ben Ijodjften ©ebirc^ttg ©nropa'g. ©te gietyen 

The Alps form the highest mountainrange of Europe. They extend 

fid) Dom mittellanbifdjen Sfteere bet Sfti^a norblid) nad) ber 

from the Mediterranean sea at Nice Northward to — 

©djroei^, bann in oftltdjer ^ticbtnng bitrcb bie ©cbtneij, ba$ Jtyrol 

Switzerland, then in an Eastern direction through — . . . , — Tyrol 

imb bie oftlid) t>on £t)rol flelecienen ^rotun^en SDcftcrrctc^S bi§ nad) 

. . . . East of ... situated provinces of Austria, as far as 

Ungam nnb ©roatien &in. ®er ^od^ftc S5ercj berfelben ift ber 

Hungary .. Croatia — . . . highest mountain of them •• •• 

9ftont 93lanc, bierjebn tattfenb fieben ^unbcrt unb fed^Sgig guji 

Mont Blanc fourteen thousand seven hundred .. sixty feet 

fiber bent SDfccrcSfptcftel. (Stroct aijt taufenb gufj bod) ift bie 

above the level of the sea. About eight thousand feet high • • 

©cbneelinie, ba$ l)ei^t bie Sinie, fiber tneldjer ber ©djnee nie cjan^ 

snow line, that is . . line . • which • • snow never entirely 

berfdjitrinbet. ©elbft im Ijodjften ©omnter fyat bie ©onne nidjt 

disappears. Even in the highest summer •• •• sun not 

Sraft flemtg, ibn anf biefen $oben git fcbmelgen. 

power enough, it on these hights to melt. 



Fourth Lesson* 

7- 

9ftein SSater batte bide Sftdjcr. 3d) Ijatte ^mei ^ferbe, bit batteft 
einen 6nnb, nnb ma§ l)atte beine ©cbrocfter ? ©ie fyatk brei ©djafe. 
SSier ffittfd&er fatten ad)t $ferbe. SS5ir babcn je£t ba§ $au3, mel* 
d)e3 ibr bctttet. SBir batten fonft and) einen ©arten. 
a. icb batte I had tt)ir batten we had 

bit tjatteft tnou hadst ibr battet you had 

er bcitte he had fie batten they had. 



— 9 — 

b. em, ehte, em (ein§) one fed)§ six 
gmet two ftefaen seven 

bret three aA)t eight 

t)icr four tietm nine 

fihtf five gel)U ten. 

beine thy bag *piano the piano 

bie ©cfyafe (pi.) the sheep fem no (adject.) 

tt)eld)e§ which bie SStolme (pi. JBiotinen) the 

fonft formerly violin 

ber Onfel the uncle bet greunb (pi. ^veunbe)the friend 

ber ©obn, the son ber ©treit the dispute 

bie Softer (pi. £od)ter) the ber 33leiftifl the pencil 
daughter einft, once. 

8. 

My uncle had one son and six daughters. One daughter hatl 
one house, and one had two (of them). Had you a piano? No, 
we had no piano, but we had two violins. I had formerly many 
friends. The brothers had a dispute. Thou hadst a pen and 
a pencil. We had once five horses, seven sheep and one cow. 

Reading lesson II. 

Sim frufyen Sttorgen, tuenn bie Sonne ifjre erften ©tral)len 

In the early morning. when . . ... his first beams 

auf biefe ©djneegipfel ttrirft, Ijaben fie eine fdjone gelbe garbe, 

upon these snowtops throws, . . they . ♦ beautiful yellow color 

bie aEmciltg, roic bie ©onne Ijofyer fteigt, in inetfj nberciel)t. 

which gradually, as . . ... higher ascends, to white changes. 

SBcnn bie Sonne l)od) fteijt, befonber§ am Sftittag, tnirb ba§ £id)t 

. . stands, particularly at noon, is . . light 

biefer ©djneeljofyen fo blenbenb tueij*, baj3 man fanm nad) il)nen 

of there snowy hights so dazzling white, that one scarcely at them 

fyinblicfen fann. Sim Slbenb bagegen, ftenn bie ©onne fid) neigt, 

look can. In the evening however . . • . ... stands low, 

tuerbcn bie ©ipfet aUmcilig rofenfarbig, bi§ biefe garbe nad) 

turn the tops ... rosy until this •• after 

©onnemmtcrgang bem ©djatfen meicfyt. 

sunset to the shadow yields. 



— 10 — 

Fifth Lesson. 

©ie gmmbe merben eitdt) crmarten. 3l)r tocrbet balb ba§ $au8 
fdjen. 3d) merbe jet^t fortgetjen; e§ tt)irb gletd) gtudlf ll^r fcin; 
©it tmrft t)ier bleiben; ttrir roerben tnorgen nrieber fommen. ©it 
rmirbeft gelobt unb id) roitrbe getabelt; mein SBrubcr ttmrbe fogar 
beftraft. Sffitr nntrben allc ermaljnt. 3l)r ttutrbet fortgefd)icft. 
©reijefyn ©olbaten rourbcn getobtet unb gftangig Derttutnbet. 

Present tense. Imperfect tense, 

a. id) merbe mir merben b. id) lnurbe roir nntrben 

bit ttritft if)r luerbet bit nutrbeft it)r murb.et' 

er roirb fie roerben. er murbe fie nntrben. 

9 c. tt) e X b e tt as a neuter verb signifies to become, grow, turn, 
get, &cet. 
But it is principally used as an auxiliary verb, and forms : 

1) with the present infinitive, the future tense ; id) inerbe 
gefyen, I shall go. 

2) with the past participle, the passive voice ; id) tncrbe ge- 
lobt, I am praised ; id) luitrbe gelobt, I was praised. 

d. elf eleven pei Uttb gfoattjig twenty two 
gltJOlf twelve Dtei^ig thirty 

brei^et)n thirteen t)icrgifl forty 

tnergefyn fourteen fimfgig fifty 

fi'mfpftn fifteen fec^^icj sixty 
fe^^e^n sixteen 

fiebettgebn seventeen ad^ig eighty" 

a^tje|tt eighteen ItClingift ninety 

neittt^eljn nineteen bitnbert hundred 

^tnan^ig twenty taufenb thousand 
em unb gman^ig twenty one eine Million a million. 

e. In any principal sentence, interrogative as well as declara- 
tory, objects and adverbs precede the predicate, which is 
the last word in the sentence ; hence the infinitive or past 
participle of a compound tense must come at the end of the 
sentence. [Part II. § 61.] 

end) you (dat. & accus.) gefjen to go 

emmrten to expect gleid) directly 

balb soon ^roolf Ufyr twelve o'clock 

fefyett to see bleiben to remain 



tebengig (fiebjig) seventy 



— 11 — 

morgen tomorrow fycute today 

fotnmen to come unferc our 

gclobt praised guritdP fel)ren to return 

netabelt blamed fptelen to play 

focjar eveu Utlterbeffen meanwhile 

bcftraft punished ber §ailptmann the captain 

ermal)nt admonished tmterricfytet instructed 

Qcfd)irft sent bit 8lntl)metif arithmetic 

getobtet killed cmpfo^len recommended 

uentninbet wounded all as 

bag Saljr (pi. Sabre) the year unterfltdjt examined 

ftbermorgcn day after tomorrow Dor ©crtdjt in court 

tiad)fte SSod)e next week Clltlaffcn discharged. 

Icfcn to read 

10. 

(2 ) (1 . . . ) 

I shall be fourteen years old day after tomorrow. Thou wilt 

(2 . )(i . ) 
be eleven next week, and thy brother will soon be seventeen. 
Will you read to day? No, our parents will soon return, and 
we will play meanwhile. The captain was wounded, and six- 
teen soldiers were killed. I was instructed in arithmetic. Thou 
wast recommended as teacher. You were examined in court, 
but we were discharged. 

Reading lesson III. 

Sroifdjen ben IjSfymt ©cbirggfcimmen gteljen fid) biSmetlen ©let- 
Between .. higher mountainridges run — sometimes glac- 

fdjer Ijerab, tie in gorm unb 2lu§bel)nung etnem beftanbigen SBed)fel 

iers down, which., form .. extent to a continual change 

imteriDorfen ftnb. Siefer Ijinab ftnbet man enge, aber btftoeilen 

subjected •• Lower down finds one narrow, but sometimes 

frudjtbetre Scaler, bte — reid) an Cutellen, fdjonen SBafferfallen 

fertile valleys, which — rich in springs, beautiful cascades 

unb fetfen SBiefen — Don Stfenfcfyen betooljnt ftnb. 

• • rich meadows — by people inhabited •• 

©ic Sllpenldnber tuaren don SlltcrS l)er ber 2Bol)nort cinc§ 

• . alpine countries • . from ancient times • • home of a 

frafttgen unb freten SSolftftammeS, beffen dltere $ehnatt) im 9torben 

vigorous . . free nation, whose former home in the North 

giiropaS mar. 



12 — 



Sixth Lesson. 



it. 

©it lebft feljr glitcflid). 3d) arbeite fleiftig, lebe mci^ig, unb bin 
baber gefunb unb gufrieben. 3Bo arbeitet it)r jetjt? 2Bir arbeiten 
in ciner gabrif, nnb unfer SWeifter galjlt ting gut. $ter rooljncn 
utcle reicbe Scute. SBarum aaubern ©ie fo lange? 3d) t)abe nidjt 
gu eilen. $aben ©ie biefed 23ud) fdjon geftern get)abt? 3a, unb id) 
roerbe eg aui^ morgen nod) baben. 2Bie lange bleibt 3I)r ©ruber 
l)ier ? S5t8 nadjften s JWontag. ©ct)en ©iemit il)m? 9tein, er ttritnfd)t 
bag nid)t. 



a. id) lebe I live 

bit lebft ) thoa livest 
©ie leben J you live 
er lebt he lives 

b. id) rebe I speak 

bit rebeft ) thou speakest 
©ie reben ) you speak 
er rebet he speaks 



roir leben we live 

fic leben they live. 
tt)ir reben we speak 

fie reben they speak. 



c. ©it and il)r are used in familiar, ©ie in polite language. 
[Part II. § 47. Note 3.] 

d. The verb — its terminations — the auxiliaries fcin, fyaben, 
tuerben. [Part II. §§ 10, 16, 29, 30, 31.] 

arbeiten to work 
tncifng temperately 
bal)er therefore 
bie ftabrif the factory 
ber SUiciftcr the employer 
jctljlen to pay 



gut well 

tt)ot)nen to live 

bie Scute (pi.) people 

rtmrum why 

gaubem to hesitate 

fo so 

lange long 

guto 

eilen to hurry 

biefeg this (neut.) 



e§ it 

tnie how 

bleiben to remain 

big until 

nacfyften next (accus.) 

9ft out ag Monday 



rrtit with 

t[)tn him (dat.) 

munfd)en to wish 

loben, to praise 
it)n him (accus.) 
Jit too 
Diel much 

berbienen to deserve 
lieben to love 
fennen to know 



— 13 — 

ba% ©ttjjenb the dozen ItJoftitl where 

ber ©tufjl (pi. @tiil)le) the chair qeticn to go 

bat) on of them ttt into. 
gerbrod)en broken 

You (bit) praise him too much ; he does not deserve that. You 
(tl)r) do not love him ; but I know him well and love him. We 
have had a dozen chairs. Three of them were broken. Where 
are you (@ie) going? I am going to (into the) church (accus.). 

Reading Lesson IV. 

9ll§ in goige Don $rieg obcr UeberDolfertmg fie nid)t meljr 

When . . consequence . . war or over-population it no longer 

genttg $taum ober Sprung fur fie fyatte, Derliefkn fie bie alte 

room .. food for them .. , left .. •• old 

$etmatl), urn im ©uben eine neue gu fudjen 5 unb fo fatten fie 

, — in the South a new one to seek; . • 

fd)on in dorgefd)id)tlid)er Beit Sefifc Don biefen Sltyenlanbern. .©a 

already . . ante-historical time possession . . these .... Since 

e§ roenig fianb fur ben Slcferbau gab, fo ttntrbe SSiel^udjt il)re 

there little land for — agriculture was, — was breeding of cattle their 

§auptbefd)aftigung; unb tt>ie eg gemofynlid) mit S3ergbemol)uem 

principal occupation; . . as it usually with mountaineers 

ber gall ift, fo ttmrben audj fie ein frafttgeS, freieS unb unabl)cingige§ 

the case is, •• became also they .. vigorous, free .. independent 



Seventh Lesson. 

Wdn SJrubcr reifte geftern nad) 9lcnSoxl 6r batte bie SBftdjer 
in einer fiifte unb bie Sleiber in eiuem Coffer. ®ie Softer wife- 
mete it)re Beit ber *pflege be§ S5atcr8. ©agteft bit etroar? 3a, id) 
fagte: ifyr beftelltet btefeS SBilb gu frill). SBir tmmfdjten c3 nod) 
fruljer; aber ber Scaler arbeitete fet)r langfam. ©iefe Scute lobten 
e3 fcfjr. $)iefer ©todf getjort bem @ol)n beg SeljrerS. (Sr ergaljlte 
ben Stnbern beg 9Zad)barn ©efd)id)ten. ©cfyreibe einen SBrief an 



— 14 — 



btcfcn 9ttann. 3d) Ijabe fetnc 3rft 3td)tet attf bie 38ortc btefeS 
ilel)rer^. 

a. The definite and the indefinite article in full [Part II. §§ 
1 &2]. 

biefeS, this ; biefe, these ; 
btcfe* biefer 

biefem biefett 

biefe* btcfe. 

In the same way are declined : jener that, jeber each, every, 
mandjer many a, tneldjer who, which, ber that, who. 

[P. II. § 48.] 





Masc. 


Fern, 


Nom. 


biefet 


btefe 


Gen. 


biefeS 


biefer 


Dat. 


biefem 


biefet 


Ace. 


bicfett 


bicfe 



c. id) lebte I lived 
bit lebteft thoulivedst (you 

lived) 
er lebte he lived 
txrir lebtett we lived 
tl)t lebtet you lived 
fie lebten they lived 

d. Imperative [ebe (sing.), [ebt (pi.) live; rebe (sing.), rebet 
(pi.), speak. [P. II, § 16.] 



id) rebefe I spoke 
bit rebeteft you spoke 
er rebetc he spoke 
tuir rebeten we spoke 
il)r rebetet you spoke 
fie rebeten they spoke. 



ret)en to go 

bie tifte the box 

bie kleiber (pi.) the clothes 

ber goffer the trunk 

ruibmni to devote 

bie Allege the care 

fa gen to say 

ettuad anything 
be ft ell en to order 



bie ©efd)id)ten the stories 

fcfyreiben to write 

ber 95iief the letter 

an to 

adjten to mind 

bie SBorte the words 

fnd)en to seek 

ber ©arten the garden 

glattben to think 



baS 35ilb (pi. 35itbcr) the picture bie @d)aufel the shovel 



frftl) soon 

roiinfdjen to wish 

nod) fritter still sooner 

ber Water the painter 

langfam slowly 

ber Stucf the cane 

gcl)5ren to belong 

erjaljlen to tell 

bie ffinber (dat. Sinbern) the 

children 
bie s Jtad)barn the neighbors 



bort there 

braudjen to need 

lieber, rather 

ber Spaten the spade 

berounbern to admire 

ber SBerftanb the intelligence 

ber 61)arafter the character 

Dcrfanfen to sell 

fd)mftcifen to adorn 

bie SBanbe the walls 

bag Bmtmer the room. 



— 15 — 

!£♦ 

What did you (pi.) seek in this garden ? We thought, the 
shovel was (Subjunct.) there. You needed no shovel ; seek 
(pi.) rather a spade. Did you love this man? I admired the 
intelligence of the man, but I did not love his character. Ha 
sold my father (dat.) these pictures. They adorned the walls 
of the room. 

Reading lesson V. 
Wit altnt ^eutfdjen. 

ANCIENT GERMANS. 

95or gmet tcutfenb Safyren roar ®etttfd}[anb turn etnem SSoIfe 

Ago (before) . . thousand . • . . Germany by . . people 

beroofynt, ba§ (groat) au8 oerfd)tebenen ©tammen beftanb, bie oft 

inhabited, which — of different tribes consisted, who often 

Srteg gegen rinanbcr fitfyrten, ba§ aber gemeinfamen Urfprung unb 

against eachother carried on, . . however common origin • • 

eine gememfame ©pradje fyatte, roenngleid) bie let>tere in Derfdjiebene 

language .. , although .. latter . . •• 

©ialefte jerfiel. 

dialects was divided. 

SBir roiffen in ber Zfyat nur roenig fiber unfere SSortmtcr au$ 

know indeed but little about our forefathers of 

jetter 3ett, unb ba$ SBenige an$ fremben CtueUen, .-miter roeldjen 

that .. , .. this little from foreign sources, among which 

5tacitu8 bie guderlajjigfte i[t. $lad) ifym roaren fie Don roilbem 

Tacitus .. most trustworthy ... According to him .. .. of fierce 

Slnfefyen, Ijatten fyimtnelblaue Slugen unb rotfylidje §aare, roaren 

aspect, .. sky-blue eyes .. reddish hair, 

gro£ unb ftarf, aber nicfyt auSbaucrnb; an^alteunb §unger roaren 

large .. strong, .. .. persevering; to cold .. hunger •• 

fie geroofynt, aber $ifce unb ®urft fonnten fie nidjt ertragen. 

• • accostumed, .. heat .. thirst could .. .. endure. 



Eighth Lesson. 

3n biefem Simmer finb jwei Jtfdje, gioci S$aufe unb ginolf @tut)le. 
©ie £e|)pid)e auf biefen Sifcfyen finb tljcuer. 3d) tnevbe jiuei SWcfe 



— 16 



faufcn. ©icfe @d)uf)e tnerben balb ferttg fetn. ®ie 9tinge unb 
©teine be§ $onig§ finb foftbar. 3ene spferbe merben bic SPfluge 
leidjt jie^en. SSer rcirb btefe ©djafe unb jene Siilje faufcn ? ®er 
tWann mtt ben gmct §unben. SBirb biefe Safce SSJfihife fangen? 
©ie f)at in brei 9Wd)ten fitnf SWaufe gefangcn (caught). Sljr rocr« 
M auf ber IRetfe fcfyone ©tcibte fcljcn. ®u mirft in einer ©tabt 
am Sfteere leben unb oft gifdje effen. 28ir roerben bid) (you) in 
einigen (some) Safyren gurudf erttmrten. 

a. First declension of nouns. [P. II.* §3,1; § 4 Eem. 1, 
2. 4 & 5 ; § 5.] 

b. id) roerbe lefen I shall read, mir inerben lefen we shall read 
bit mirft „ thou wilt „ , ifyr tuerbet „ you will „ 
er mirb „ he will „ , fie tuerben „ they will „ 

c. Position of adverbs and objects in principal sentences. [P. 
II. §§ 65, 66, 67.) 



ber Sifd) the table 

bie SBanf the bench 

ber £ep:pid) the carpet 

tfyeuer dear 

ber $todf the coat 

faufcn to buy 

ber ©d)tll) the shoe 

fertia done 

?er Sling the ring 

ber Stein the stone 

f oft bar precious 

ber SPflug the plough 
lctd)t easily 

giefyen to draw 
tner who 

ber Sftann the man 
bie WattS the mouse 
fangen to catch 
bie vtaijt the night 
bie 9icife the journey 
bie ©tabt the city 



gurudF back 
ermarten to expect 
bag ftfteer the sea 
ber gifd), the fish 
effen to eat 
lefen to read 
ber §a[)n the cock 
fd)lad)ten to kill 
ber ©aft the guest 
beibe both 

ber Sftngling, the youth 
gefefyen, seen 

fie them 
ber §itt the hat 
ttmfcfyen to wash 
bie $anb the hand 
reinigen to clean 
ber 3af)n the tooth 
erljaltcn to receive 

ber 9ting the ring. 
18. 



What will we eat today ? My brothers will kill sheep to- 
morrow. The sons of the king will come today. They will 
be the guests of the city. Both (of them) are youths yet. J 



— 17 — 

have not seen them for (in) years. I shall have two coats and 
two hats. I shall wash my hands and clean my teeth. You 
will receive rings with precious stones and one (etuen) with hair 
(plur.). 

Reading lesson VI. 

®a§ Sanb befdjretben bte Corner — bie freilid) aneinitalicnifd)e§ 

country describe .. Romans — who of course .. .. Italian 

$lmta imb ein fyod)culttDttte§ Sanb geroo^nt maren — al§ eine 

climate . . • • highly cultivated • • . . . . — • . • • 

raufye SBilbnif*. 5)er Robert roar Don nngeljenten SSalbern bcbecft 

rough wilderness. •• soil .. by immense forests covered 

unb don ©itmpfen bnrcfyjogen, ber §immel meift bitrd) SSolfen 

swamps broken up, .. sky mostly by clouds 

nnb 9Zebel tierljitUt. ©ieben SWonate beg 3at)re§ l)crr(d)te ein 

fogs covered. .. months of the .. reigned «• 

ranker SBinter nnb tm (Sommer muttjeten gtimme ©emitter. 

winter . . . . summer raged fierce thunderstorms. 

SSemt gfeid) ba§ Sanb bemnad) eine SBilbnip tuat, (fo) 

Although .. •• according to this . . .. ... , — 

bwrfcn mir bod) feine bamaligen 2}eroot)net nid)t ffttSBilbe tjalten. 

must . . yet its then inhabitants .. .. savages take 

©ie maren mehncfyt ein acferbanenbeS ©efct)Icdt)t. @ie burd|ftrid)en 

. . on the contrary . • agricultural race. . . roved 

nidjt — ba$ Sanb al3 nomabifcfye §irten ober Sdger, fonbem 

. . (through) . . . . . . nomadic herdsmen . . hunters, but 

fatten iljre feften 2ln(ieblnngen, tuenn gleid) $ rieg nnb SBanberlnft 

their fixed settlements, . . . . . . . . desire f. travelling 

fie bierceilen Deranlafjten, tyre SSobnfi^e gu tteranbern. 

• • sometimes induced, .. residences .. change. 



Ninth Lesson. 

17. 

3d} fyabe ba§ SBifb bie[e§ 9#anne3 ge!anft; id) tjatte e§ langft ge- 
immfdjt. $a[t bn bie Sieber ber 3?inDer gel)5rt? 8ie Ijaben mid) 
anS tneinem ©d)laf gemecft. ©ie|ntl)ner baben 6tcr in il)re defter 
gelegt. $?cin 95ater bat bret |>an[er gefduft. SStr babcn bte 
Scanner in unfern SBalberu gefud)t. Sljr Ijabt crft geructut nnb 



— 18 



bann flefadjt. ®er $aifer Ijatte feme ^erjogtbitmer nnb anbern 
£cinbcr burdjreift 3l)r fyattet bie 3rrtf)ftmer bicfer Wanner ge- 
tabelt. 



a. Second declension of nouns [ P. 
§6]. 

b. id) tjabe gelebt c. 
(I have lived) 

bit baft gelebt 
er \)at „ 
tmr baben „ 
if)r Ijabt „ 
fie baben „ 



N. mein 

G-. meineS 

D. meinem 

A. meinen 



Fem. 

meine 
meiner 
metner 
meine 



Nent. 

mein 
meinem 
meinem 
mein 



II. § 3, II ; § 4. Eem. 6 ; 

id) l)atte gelebt 
(I had lived) 
on fjcttteft gelebt 
er batte 
tuir fatten 
ibr battet 
(ie batten 

- Plur. 



metne, my. 
meiner 
meinen 
meine 



In the same way are declined : bein thy, fein his, il)r her, feitt 
its, nrtfer our, ener your, and il)r their. 
[P. II. § 49.] 

e. First Conjugation of Verbs [P. II. § 11, 32, 33]. 

f. The augment of the past participle [P. II. § 14]. 

g. The compound tenses [P. II. § 27]. 



Icingft long ago 
bag iiteb the song 
bag k'xnb the child 
l)5ren to hear 
mid) me (ace.) 
CtltS out of 
ber ©d)laf the sleep 
tt)ccfcn to wake 
bag $ltl)n the hen 
bag (!i the egg 
be 6 5Zeft the nest 
U(\a\ to lay 
28 alb woods 



erft first 

meinen to weep 

lad)en to laugh 

ber $atfer the emperor 

bag §ergogtl)nm the ducdom 

anbern other 

bttrd)rei[en to travel through 

ber Srrtbnm the error 

tabeln to blame 

ber 8lcid)tbutn the riches 

bag ©orf the village 

bag JBlatt the leaf 

gcibten to count. 



18> 

I have heard of the riches of these men. You (bit) have 
loved the children of these houses. The child has sought his 
books. In the nests of these hens we counted five eggs. You 



— 19 — 

had praised the houses of these villages, and blamed its fields. 
This man has admired the leaves in our woods. Had you (it)t) 
bought his books? In these countries had lived great (grope) 
men. 

Reading Lesson VII. 

©tcibte gab e§ feme, ba bie Sedolferung ntrgenb fefjr bid)t mar, 

Cities there were none, . . . . population nowhere . . dense . . , 

imb ber'altc ©eutfdje ol)nei)in eg nic^t liebte, ftt^ in SWauern einja- 

. . moreover , himself . . walls to 

fdjltejien. SBoE)I aber gab e§ ©orfer, miemoljl aud) biefe getnoljnlid) 

enclose, — But .. .. .. , though 

am gerftreut liegenben ©epften beftanben. ©ie $aufer ttmten 

of dispersed lying farms consisted. 

Ilcin, an% gadjmerf errid)tet, unb mit ©trot) ober ©cfyilf bebecft* 

small, .. framework constructed, .. .. straw .. reed covered. 

gur bm fatten nnb raufyen SBtnter benn|ten [te aber imterirbtfdje 

• • •• cold .. rough .. used .. .. subterranean 

mtt ©fmger bebecfte s Jiaitme al8 SBofynungen unbSorratljSfammern. 

. • manure . . . . . . dwellings . . store rooms 

Um ba$> §au3 lagen ©talk unb ©djeunen Don al)nlid^er SBauart 

Around .. .. lay stables .. barns .. similar architecture 

ruie jene§ ; unb bag ©anje mar Don einem £>ofe mnfdjloffen, tuner 9 

whole .. by .. yard enclosed, with- 

{jalb beffcn ein uuDerletjlidjer §au8fricbe maltctc. 

in which .. inviolable domestic peace ruled. 



Tenth Lesson. 

19. 

'3ene SWuttcr i[t mtt ifjren Sfcodjtern nad) @uropa gereift. ©te 
toaren in bent ©(auben abgereift, bajj fie in 10 <£agen lanben ttmr- 
btn. 3d) txntrbe biefen ^ogeln nadjfteHen, menn \d) E>offte fie git 
fangen. SBift bu gu ben talent gegangen? 3a; ber erfte Don 
iljnen (of them) fagte, er roitrbe ba§ happen malen, fobalD al§ er 
Self foatte. ©ie 9tfabcfyen finb in jene§ ©ebciube gegangen; fie fat- 
ten alle Sorbdjen mit Safe unb SJvob. 
a. id) itmrbe gel)en, I should go, roir mitrben gefyen 
bu tuiirbeft „ it)r roitrbet „ 

er roitrbe „ fie nmrben „ 



— 20 — 

b. id) bin Cjettmnbert, I have toir [tub gettmnbert 

wandered \l)X feib „ 

bit bift gemcmbert fie jtnb „ 

er ift „ 

[P. II. §280 

c. Third declension of nouns [P. II. § 3, III ; § 4 Rem. 7, 8, 
9, 10, § 7.] 

d. Arrangement of words in the subordinate clause. [P. II. 
§64.] 

reifen to go i>a§ ©elb the money 

bet ©lauben the believe bet SBagen the wagon 

abgeretft departed gefaljren ridden 

lanben to land fftrdjten to fear 

ber $ogcl the bird ber ©cfyaben the harm 

nod)[tcllen to set traps leiben to suffer 

fyojfen to hope ba§ ©etuebe the texture 

gegangen gone tuofjlfeil cheap 

ber crfle the first menu if 

ba§ SSappcn the weapon ber griebert the peace 

tnalen to paint ber ©djuftcr the shoemaker 

fobalb at§ as soon as ber @d)netber the tailor 

baS Stfabdjen the girl bie ©tabt the town 

ba$ ©ebciube the building ber SBeften the west 

bae S6rbd)en the little basket roanbern to go 

ber $(ife the cheese ber £)a(e the rabbit 

ba§ 35rob the bread nod^ mel)r still more 

bag Softer the convent fletU small. 

20. 

Where are the daughters of this man. They have gone to 
(in) two different convents (accus.). He would buy this little 
horse (dimin.), if he had money enough. Have you already 
ridden in one of these waggons ? No, I tear to suffer (last word) 
harm. These textures would be cheap, if we had peace. The 
shoemakers and tailors of this little town (dimin.) have gone to 
the west. I have three birds and two little rabbits (dimin.). I 
should buy still more, if their little house (dimin.) was not too 
small. 

Reading Lesson VIII. 

SSiefcn lmb SBcilber ttmrbett geroot)nlid) Don alien SBetooljncrn 

Meadows •• woods were .. by 



— 21 — 

eme§ ober meljrerer ©orfer gentetufam bettujjt; bon ber SMJerflur 

• • • • . more • , in common used ; • • • • ploughed field 

bagegen tottrbe jebe§ 3al)r ba§ fur bic[c3eit gur SBebattung befttmmte 

.. •• every for cultivation intended 

£anb unter bie cmgclncn ©lieber ber ©emeinbe je nad) iljrcn 

• • •• single membres .. community according to 

Slnfpriidjen bertfjeili Sin ©etreibe tourbe Dorjitglid) $abet gebaut, 

claims distributed. Of grain .. principally oats raised, 

au§ bem man einen SBrei fodtjte; f enter ©erfte, toorauS ein ftarfcS 

of which they •• mush cooked; further barley, of which 

S3ier ofyne §opfen bereitet tourbe, unb toenig SBeigen. ©er $lad)8* 

beer without hops prepared •• .. .. wheat, •• cultivation 

bau tourbe fefyr auggebeljnt betrteben; aud) tottrben gro^eSRettige, 

of flax . . , . extensively . carried on , . . . . • • radishes, 

SWoljrruben unb ©pargel gebattt Slnbcfe gelb- unb ©artenfriidjte 

carrots ., asparagus •• ♦ Other .. .. .. vegetables, 

fo tote ber SBeinftodF unb bte meiften Dbftarten toaren iljncn unbe- 

as well as • • grapevine . • — most fruitkinds • • to them un- 

f cmttt. 

Known. 



Eleventh Lesson. 

21* 

©er Stacbbat bicfcS Pattern totH mtr (me) einen Olaben fcfyenfen. 
Er tooOte mid) (me) befudjen. 3d) foil au§gel)en, unb iljr fount 
t)ter blctbcn. SBillft bu bte 3tofen, Sulpen unb aubern (other) 
'Blimten be§ ©rafen feljen? ©ber toollen totr bie Sotoinncn unb 
Jigerinnen anfdjauen? Sfteine ©d)toeftem foQten (were to) geftcru 
Otefe gratten befudjen, aber fie fonnten nid)t. ©ie tnaben unfcrg 
#ad)bam toollen Sannen fallen. 3f)r fount bte $naben begletten, 
rcenn iljr tooEt 3d) faun bteSTOanbeln ntdjt fjaben, toeldje (which) 
td) totll. Sannft bit fingen? 3d) fonnte fritter fingen; aber id) 
fann'eS (do so) nidjt meljr. ©u follteft betne fiilten begiefjett. 

a. Fourth declension of nouns. [P. II. § 3, IV ; § 4. Rem. 
11 & 12 ; § 8.] 

b. 2BolIen, foUen and founen. [P. II. § 41, 42, 43.] 
SSollen to wish, to want, to intend to ; 

id) to ill, I will. 



— 22 — 

©oQen to be obliged to..., by moral duty, by injunction of 

law or of authority ; 

id) foil, I shall, I am to, I ought to. 

Sonitetl to be able, to know to, (to be permitted) ; 

td) farm, I can, (I may), 
bcr 9tad)bar the neighbor bte SSJlanbel the almond 

ber Saner the peasant ftngen to sing 

ber $tcihe the raven fritter formerly 

fdjenfen to give nicfyt tnefyr no more 

befudjen to visit bte fitlic the lily 

an3gel)en to go out ? begiefcen to water 

bie Slofe the rose mttbrtngen to bring with... 

bie £ulpe the tulip nnterrtdjten to instruct 

bte SSlmne the flower lernen to learn 

ber ©raf the count fdjretben to write 

ber Qowt the lion finben to find 

ber Stger the tiger pflegen to attend to 

cmfdjauen to look at fyelfen to help 

ber ktiabt. the boy bte ©td)e the oak 

bte Xanm the pine bie !©ltd)e the beech 

fallen to fell tljim to do. 

begletten to accompany 

Will you (bit) see my roses? I cannot today, but I will to- 
morrow. I am to (foil) go to my neighbor. You can come 
and bring your sisters with (you). You are to instruct these 
boys. They can read, and wish to learn (how) to write. Will 
you (tfyr) go with these (dat.) women? You can find them (fie) 
with (bet) their neighbors (fern.). Will your brother attend to 
these flowers? He was to do so (e§) already yesterday, but he 
could not. I wished to help him. We wished to visit the count 
and the countess, but we could not. You ought to (folift) see 
our oaks and beeches. We will do so tomorrow. 

Reading lesson IX. 

S)ie an3gebel)nten nnb fcfyonen SSeibegrunbe ernafyrten grofse 

extensive .. .. pastures fed 

§eerben uon s Jlinbern, *Pferben, ©cfyafen nnb ©djtnetnen. Sfjre 

herds . . cattle, .. , .. .. swine. 

SPferbe Warm pvax Hem nnb nnanfebnltd), aber fraftig, anSbanernb, 

it is true . . . . unsightly, . • strong, 



— 23 — 

unb tt)oI)l gugerttten. Slu§ ber Stttld) mn Sftljen unb ©deafen 

«. .. trained. Of •• milk •• .. . . •• 

beveitete man Safe unb Sutter; Don ©epgel gab e§ ©nten unb 

prepared they . . • • butter ; . . fowls there were ducks • . 

©anfe. ©ie 3agb, bic mit $unben unb galfcn betrieben ttntrbe, 

geese. .. chase, which .. .. . . falcons carried on was, 

lieferte SBtlb in 9ftenge, barunter bie nun t)erfd)ttmnbenen fitter- 

furnished game .. plenty, among which .. . disappeared buf- 

od)feu unb (SIenntt)iere. 3n bm fyofylm SBSumcn ber SBfilber fanb 

foloes . . elks, .. .. hollow trees .. •• was 

fid) $onig, ani bem ba$ beraufebenbe ©etrcinfe be§ SKetljg bereitei 

found honey, of which .. intoxicating drink .. mead 

nwrbe. Sin btn giitffen unb ber ©eefufte ttmrbe and) gtfdjerei 

On rivers . . . . sea shore . . . . fishing 

gepftegt. 

practiced. 



Twelfth Lesson. 

©ie ©traljlen ber ©onne mitffen Ijettte feljr tnarm fein. ©ie 
SBuracr biefe§ ©taate§ finb glM lid) ©te 9terDen beg 2luge§ xuxb 
beS vl)X$ finb fefjr fein. 3d) barf attggefyen unb bn mttjst git $aufe 
bleiben. 3d) mag nid)t fd)reiben aber id) mu$. ©it barfft effen, 
toa8 bu magft. SBir tmrfen brei sjjftmb $km Ijaben, unb mitffen 
balb tmeberfommen. 3f)r mogt nid)t arbeiten. SWetn ©ruber 
burfte mebrere Staaten burcbreifen. 3d) modjte nid)t mtt ibm 
geben. ®u mttjfteft l)ier bleiben. 3t)r bttrftct brei ©Hen 2nd) 
nebmen. @§ gibt Slugen, bie nicbt feljen, unb ©bren, bie nid)t ($• 
ten. ©3 gibt Dielc gifdje in biefem gluji. 3Bir mogen fie gerne 
effen. § 

a. Mixed declension of nouns. [P. II. § 4 Rem 3 ; § 9.] 

b. Expressions of measure and weight. [P. II. § 4 Rem. 13.] 

c. SKogett, bftrfen and mitffen. [P. II. § 44, 45, 46.] 
SWogen to like, to be inclined to ; 

id) mag I may (I can), 
©ftrfen, to be allowed to, to be permitted, (I can, I may). 
Note. 3$ barf is etymologycally related to I dare, but 
never used in this sense except pro viucially. 



— 24 — 



SWflffcn, to be compelled to, by necessity of nature or of 

authority ; 

id) rttUJ3, I must, I have to. 
d. The expressions there is and there are are to be rendered 
by eg Qtfat (literally it gives), followed by the accusative. 



ber @tral)l the ray 
bie Sonne the sun 
tvaxm warm 
ber 95urger the citizen 
ber ©taat the state 
ber %erb the nerve 
bag Sluge the eye 
bag £>f)r the ear 
fein fine 

bag ^Pfltnb the pound 
ber $teig the rice 
fyofen to go for 
tnieberfommen to return 
tnebrere several 
bte ©lie the yard 
bag <£ltd) the cloth 
nel)men to take 
gerne with pleasure 
tetten to ride 



gefyen to walk 
b lei ben to stay 
nad)f)et afterwards 

lernen to study 

planbern to talk 

tangen to dance 

ba$ ©erid)t the dish 

geben to give 

etttmg anbereg something else 

fieben to boil 

baben to bathe 

ber Regent the ruler 

tncid)tig powerful 

bte )Jtepnblif the republic 

offltcn to open 

ber Sajfee the coffee 

bie SBaumiuolle the coton 

glanben to believe 

ber ©eift the ghost. 

24. 



I am allowed to ride, and you (bit) must walk. I must stay 
at home and you may (bftrfen) go out. I do not like to do that. 
Do you like to do it ? We are allowed to play. Afterwards we 
must study again. The boy must write ; his sister may paint. 
They are permitted to talk. The child is permitted to dance. 
We do not like to eat this dish. You (ii)r) must give us some- 
thing else. You may boil the eggs. You may (bitrfen) bathe to- 
morrow. These children are not allowed to come today ; but 
they may come tomorrow. The ruler of this state is powerful. 
Those states are republics. The light of the eye is precious. 
Open your ears. Give (gib) me six pounds of coffee, and ten 
yards of coton. There are people, who believe yet in (an) 
ghosts (accus.). 



— 25 — 

Reading lesson X. 

3m $cmfe wax ber ©crmane doUfommcn $crr fiber feme gamilie. 

.. .. .. completely master .. .. family, 

©ie Scanner txakn nid)t unter bem gmangigftcn, bie grauen nidt)t 

. . entered .. under .. .. .. •• •• 

unter bcm fiinfgcfynten 3al)re in bie ©l)e, unb bcr 9#ann faufte bie 

.... matrimony, .... 

grau don itjrem 95ater obcr SBormunD gegen ©flatten, *Pferbe, 

• • . . . . . . guardian for slaves, 

Otinber, Hegcnbe ©iitcr, 3tinge unb bergleidjen. ®ie gran ttmrbe 

, real estate, rings .. the like. .. wife 

baburd) ba$ (gigentljum be§ STOanneS, unb [tanb BettlebenS unter 

thereby . . property . . husband, . . . . all her life time . . 

fciner ©ettrntt. (Sr fyatte ba§ 9ted)t, fie gu giid)tigen, in gallcn ber 

power. right, her . . chastise, . . cases • . 

9cott) gu uerfaufen; unb, menu fie iljm untreu rmtrbe, gu Dcrftojkn 

need . • . . . . . . . . — faithless . . to cast (her) off 

ober mit ifjrem SBufylen gu tbbkn. ©agegen riitjmcn and) bie Corner 

paramour . . kill. On the other side praise 

bie Seufdjfyeit ber ©eutfdjen, fomic uberljaupt il)re 9ld)tung be§ 

chastity .. .. , as in general .. esteem . . 

toeiblidjen ©efdjledjtg. Unb, obrooljl ber 2ftann ber §crr ber ga* 

female sex. •• though .. .. . . •• •• •• 

milie mar, [o maltete bod) bie gran faft unumfdjranft im $au$- 

• • — managed . . .. .. almost absolutely •• house- 

mefen, urn ba§ fid) ber SJtonn nidjt fiimmerte. 

keeping, about which — . . . . . . cared. 



Thirteenth Lesson. 

3d) bin anftcitt meine? SruberS nad) %cu-8lorf gerciff. 3d) mupte 
megen eineS ftoeefftS borttjin geben. SBaljrenb tneiner Slbmefen- 
beit ffiljrte mcin @d)mager ba§ ©efd)cift SBcr fommt bort ou8 
bem §anfe? ©er 2lrgt; er mar bei feinem ^patienten, unb tjofft il)n 
(him) binnen einer Sod)e gu Ijeilcn. SBiQft bu fur obcr gegen je- 
ncn $?ann ftimmen? 3d) [age nid)t8 mibcr im SJhnn, abcr id) 
f'ummere mid) nid)t urn ifjn; id) faun otjne ©onner febcn. ®a§ 
§a\\$ liegt an jener ©trape, auf bem §iigel fjinter ber ,ftirdje. Sftein 

2 



— 26 — 

©ruber fommt bom Warfte; er mar beim Sttejjger, nnb getjt je|t 
grnn SJatfer. ©ie ©tabt liegt am SJfcere, bie Snfcl im ©ee. ©ic 
SEaube ftiegt aufe §au§. 3d) gel)e gur Gutter mcine§ greimbeS. 

a. Prepositions governing the genitive : [P. II. § 57.] 
ftatt or anftatt instead of; 

ID a I) r etl b during ; it)egen on account of. 

b. Prepositions governing the dative : [P. II. § 58.] 

ait§ out of, from nact) after, behind, to (before 

bet at, with [eit since, for [places) 

binnen within Don of, from, by 

Tltit with git to (before persons). 

c. Prepositions governing the accusative : [P. II. § 59.] 
bttrd) through, by ofyne without 

fill* for \\m around, about 

9 eg en toward, against ID i ber against. 

d. Prepositions governing the dative and accusative : [P. II. 
§60.] 

an at, on, to fiber over, above, about 

aitf on, upon Uttter under, below 

l)inter behind miter among 

in in, into t)0t 4 before, in front of 

neben beside ■ gtutfefyen between. 

e. Some prepositions, when euphony does not object, are 
contracted with the definite article : 

am, betm, im, nam, gnm for an &c. bent; 

jur for p ber; 

cm8, aufg, fftrS, in§, fibers, dor8 for an'&cet. ba$. 
reifen to go ber §iigel the hill 

ber ^Jroce| the lawsuit ber tf)laxft the market 

bortt)in there ber 9J£e(3ger the butcher 

bie Stbtuefenbeit the absence ber 93drfer the baker 
fflbren to carry on bie Sllfel the island 

ber ©djlTMfjcr the brother inlaw ber ©ee the lake 
ba§ ©efd)Ctft the business bie Janbe the dove 

ber Slr^t the physician fliegen to fly 

ber patient the patient ber grennb the friend 

bie 2Sod)e the week ber Onfel the uncle 

beilen to cure tragen to carry 

ft tinmen to vote bie ©trape the street 

nid)t§ nothing ba$ ©elb the money 



— 27 — 

fid) Fftmmcrn to care ftefyen to stand 

ber ©onner the patron bie £afd)c the pocket 

licgcn to lie • ba§ ©cmalbC the painting 

Ijangen to hang bie @d)itblabe the drawer 

ba$ (Sofa the sofa ftellen to set 

ba§ ^Bctt the bed rftdfen to move 

bie Watk the mat bie Sampe the lamp 

bie Sfjftre the door pflcmjcn to plant 

bie Settling the newspaper bie glafdje the bottle 

bit SBanb the wall ba§ ©laS the glass. 

My uncle goes with his children to (the) town, where he has 
not been for (feit) three weeks. I have received this letter from 
our teacher and am to carry it to your sister. You must go 
through this street. The money is in the pocket. The chair 
stands beside the table. The painting hangs over the sofa. The 
trunk is under the bed. The mat lies before the door. The 
picture lies between the newspapers. Hang the coat on the 
wall. Lay the book on the table or into the drawer. Shall I 
set the chair beside the piano or behind the table ? Move the 
table under the lamp. Hang the picture over the sofa. I planted 
the tree in front of the house. He set the bottle between the 
glasses. 

Reading Lesson XI. 

©ie fiinber burften, fo lange fein Sropfen fiber ttjrc ttipptn ge- 
gangen (gone) mar, auSgefefct, unb in gotten Ijodjftcr 9tot\) felbft 
berfanft merben (be). $i§ gum geljnten Safyre txmren fie gang ber 
£)bl)iit ber Whtkx itberlaffen (left), ©ann mnrben (were) bie 
$naben in ber giiljrung ber SBaffen geitbt, ttnb mit bem ffinfgeljn- 
ten Safyre in offentlicfyer SJolteDerfammltmg roefjrljaft gemad)t. 
Wit bem einunbgttmngigfien Saljre traten (stept) fie auS ber Dater- 
lidjen ©ettmlt, nm fid) gn uerfyeiratfyen ttnb ein etgeneS $au8roefen 
gn grftnben, ober in feltenen gaHen ate $agefto(ge in bie ©ienfte 
eincS anbern gn treten. ©elangten (lived) bie ©Item fiber ba$ 
fedjgigfte 3at)r {jinaiiS, fo feljrte fid) ba$ $erl)dltnij$ nm, unb ber 
©ol)n uuirbe bann il)r SSormimb, unb fonnte fie nad) SBelieben gn 
$au§> unb gelbbienft gebraud)en, loc^lialb and) lebenSfattc Sllte, 



— 28 — 



jugleid) getriebcn (induced) Don bem ©fanbcn, ba£ bcr (he), ml 
d)cr im 35ct(e ftarb (died) nidbt nad) SBalfjalla, bept emigen ficbcn 
ber alten ©etttfdjen, fomme (subjunctive), fid) Ijciufig fetbft tobtctcn. 
(Snbltd) gcl)5rten 'gur gamilie bie ©HaDcn obcr Scibetgenen, bie 
(who) tueber (§igentt)um nod) bag 9kd)t freter ©elbftbefttmmung 
fatten unb fid) Dor ©eridtjt nidjt felbft Dcrtreten fonnten. 



bcr £ropfen the drop 

bie Sippe the lip 

augfcften to expose 

l)od)ft highest 

felbft even 

big to 

bie £)bl)Ut the care 

bie ^ftl)rimg the practice 

bie SBaffen (pi.) the arms 

it ben to instruct 



i'tber — binaug beyond 
fid) ltmfef)ren to be inverted 
bag $erl)Ciltnif3 the relation 

bag 23elieben the pleasure 
§QU8- unb ^elbbienft service in 

house and field 
gebraudjen, to employ 
lDe^fjalb wherefore 
lebengfatt tired of life 
gliglcidt) at the same time 
SBalfyalla (proper name) 



DJferitlidE) public 

bie SolfgDerfammlung the meet- eroig eternal 

tDeljrljaft mad)en to arm [ing bag 2eben the life 



Dciterlid) paternal 
itm — git in order to 
fid) Derl)eiratl)cn to marry 
eigen own 

gfitnben to establish 
feiten seldom 

bcr ©Ctgeftolg the bachelor 
ber t)ienft the service 
bcr anbere the other 
treten to step 



fid) — felbft himself 
[jaitfig frequently 
enblid) finally 

ber ^eibeigene the bondsman 
tneber — nod) neither — nor 
frei free 

bie ©clbftbcftimmung self-determ- 
ination 
bag ®crid)t the court 
Dertreten to plead for. 



Fourteenth Lesson. 

27. 

■ #eute mar $einrid) ©ream bet mir. ©u fennft i^n bod)? 3d) 
faun mid) feiner nidjt erinnern, Slber er erinncrt fid) beincr ; cr 
bat Diel Don bir gefprodjen. ©u l)aft il)m einmal eincn graven ©c- 
f alien getban, unb er roirb bidt) nie Dcrgeffeu. 2So gel)t il)r bin? 
SBir geben nad) ber ©tabt. £a$t ung mit end) gclien. ©erne 
laffen roir end) mit ung geljen. Steal l)at fid) cin Oicitpfcvb gefauft. 



— 29 — 

@r Iiebt feme spferbe, unb feine gratt untedjcilt ftd) mit 33ftd)ern. 
©cftcrn ttntrbe man a) Don ber ©onnenbt^e faft Derbrannt Static*) 
mit^ effen, nm gn leben, aber nid)t leben, nm gu effen. ©iefe SBlumc 
fann man (3) bier nur im JreibfyattS gieljen. 3d) tuerbe jefct beffer 
gegaljlt ale fritter, ©onft rourbe meine Slrbett fetjr fd)led)t gegaljlt. 
©te roerben Don metnem ©ater in g. freunblid) empfangen roerben, 
roenn ©ie git il)m fommen. 

a. Personal pronouns. [P. II. § 47.] 

b. The indefinite personal pronoun man, corresponding to the 
French em, is used with the third person singular of the 
verb. It can in English be rendered in various ways : 
one(i), we (2), you (4), they (people, some one &c.)(5). But 
in most cases it will be best rendered by the passive voiced). 

c. The passive voice of the verb is formed by its past parti- 
ciple, in connection with the auxiliary roerben. [P. II. 
§ 36.] 

d. Inversion of the principal declaratory sentence. [P. II, 
§ 69, 70.] 

bod) certainly bte Slrbett the work 

fid) erinnern to remember fd)led)t poorly 

gefprodjen spoken freunblid) friendly 

einmal once empfangen to receive 

ber ®ef alien the favor tine gel)t c8... (gov.Dat.) how is.„ 

getljan done ettt)a3 somewhat 

uergeffen to forget bte Slrgnei the medicine 

lt)0J)in whither bie *ptlle the pill 

laffen to let gegeben given 

gerne with pleasure beljanbeln to treat 

Sari Charles l)omoopatl)tfd) homeopathically 

ba$ Dteitpferb the saddle horse etngelaben invited 

fid) ttnterljalten to amuse oneself getgen to show 

bie ©onnenljijje the heat of the gut good 

sun ungered)ter SSeife unjustly 

Derbrannt burned Derleumben to slander 

ba$ Steibljattg the hothouse groeimal twice 

gteben to raise betrogen deceived 

beffer better ber Stall the ball 

al8 than ber SSagen the carriage 

frftljer before abgeljolt taken. 



— 30 — ■ 

38* 

How is your mother? She is somewhat better. Does she 
take (nitttttlt fte) medicine yet? The physician has given her 
pills ; he treats her homeopathically. Where are your brothers ? 
Yesterday they were at my house (bei TTtir) ; I had invited them 
and shown them my new (netted) horse. If you (4) would (mill) 
be happy, you must be good. They (5) say, this house is (fei) 
three houndred years old. This man has been (3) unjustly slan- 
dered. You have already twice been deceived by (Don) this 
man. We have been invited to a ball and shall be taken there 
(tml)in) in a carriage. 

Reading lesson XII. 

©er grcic lebte im $attfe (o gut ate fcin SSermogen il)m geftat- 
tctc. ©eine etngigen 23e[rf)aftigimgen maren ber 33att be§ $aufe§ 
unb beffen (its) Slugbefferung, bie guljrung ber SSaffen tmb bie 
Sagb. Sllle itbrige Slrbcit, bie notljig mar, mttrbe bitrd) biegrauen, 
bie and) bag SBeben beg <£u#eg unb bie Serfertigung Don ftleibcrn 
gu uerridjten fatten, ferner burd) bie 9llten unb ©flatten bolIbrad)t 
$cmbroerfe gab eg nicfyt; nur eineg mttrbe nad) SSeftclInng unb ge» 
gen ©ejafjlung getricben, bag ©cfymieben unb ©iefkn in Sifen unb 
eblen (royal) 9#etallen. ®er §anbel mar fefyr unbebeutenb unb 
beftanb meift nur attg 9to^ftoffen, befonberg ©ernftein unb ^elj- 
mcrf. Bur Meibung gebraucfyte man ^elg, SfBolle unb Seinmanb. 

fo — alg as — as bie SMteflung the order 

bag SSermogen means bie Scgaljlung the pay 

gcftatten to permit getrieben carried on 

eingig only bag ©cfymieben the forging 
bie 5)e[d)ciftigung occupation bag ©te^en the casting 

ber Salt the building bag ©fen iron 

bie 3lugbefferung repair bag 9#eta!imetal 

i'tbrig remaining ber §anbe[ commerce 

nStl)ig necessary Unbebeutenb insignificant 

bag SBebett the weaving beftanb consisted 
bie SSerfertigung the preparing ber >Jtol)ftoff raw material 

bie fflciber (pi.) clothes ber JBcrnftcin amber 

bcrridjtcn to attend to bag ^cljmerf furs 

Dollbradjt done bie Sleibimg clothing 



— 31 — 

ba$ ^embitter! mechanical tradB Qebrattcfyen to use 
ber $elg fur bie Seinroanb linen, 

bie SSolie wool 



Fifteenth Lesson. 

Here is brown bread and white wine. Give (gib) me (dat.) 
a bottle of red wine and some old cheese. Do you also wish 
(some) salted butter? No, I give the preference to fresh butter. 
White plates please me better than colored ones. That is the 
taste of many people. I am as well satisfied with white ones 
as with colored ones. The unworthy artist frequently surpasses 
the worthy one in favor and success. Because the latter is 
usually more modest than the former, and the great public 
often judges wrongly (passes a wrong judgement). You cannot 
expect a correct judgement from the great mass ; and with (bci) 
the worthy artist, exaggerated pride and defiance are perhaps 
oftener to be found (git fi^^e^) than too great modesty. The 
war of the white and the red rose lasted thirty years. It was 
a bloody struggle ; but the so called thirty years war in German}?- 
was still bloodier, and had for all (the whole) Germany the worst 
consequences, which are partly yet to be felt (311 fit I) let!) . Last 
year we had a rough winter ; the snow covered the whole 
country for four months. But then a hot summer followed. We 
have here no mild climate. I therefore built a greenhouse for 
my valuable flowers. My friend Charles prefers a German 
symphony to an Italian opera. He says: the Italian music is 
the monotonous expression of an effeminate sentimentality, the 
German (music) however that of a manly character as well as 
of a deep and rich feeling ; therefore it has higher worth. Ac- 
cording to his opinion Beethoven was the greatest musician. 
The next concert will take place on Monday. (The) most (of 
the) tickets are sold already. 

a. The adjective. Its three forms of declension. Its com- 
parison. [P. II. § 50—56.] 

b. In expressions as " the little one", the word one is not to be 
translated in German: ber, bie, ba3 fleitte... 

brown braim white tueip 

bread ba§ SBrob wine ber SScttt 



32 — 



bottle btc $Iafd)e 
red roff) 
some etitmS 
to wish itnmfdjen 
salted gefafgeh 
butter bie Sutter 
preference ber ©orjltg 
fresh frifcf) 
plate ber Seller 
to please gefallen 
colored farbtg 
taste ber ©efdjmacf 
satisfied jufricben 
unworthy tmmiirbig 
artist ber tfmftler 
frequently fyciuftg 

to surpass itbertreffen 
worthy tuitrbig 
favor bie ©irnft 
success ber (Srfofg 
because tneif 
latter ber Je|tere 
usually gemotjnlid) 
modest befcfyeiben 
former ber erftere 
great grof 

public bag ?pub!ifttm 
to pass fatten 
wrong fatfd) 
judgement ba§ UrtljCt! 

to expect ermarten 

correct rid)tig 
mass bie SSftaffe 
exaggerated iibertrieben 

pride ber ©tofg 
defiance ber 2xo£ 
perhaps Metleicfjt 

modesty bie SBcftfyeibenfyeit 
rose bie $o[e 
to last bnuem 
bloody bluttg 
struggle ber Sampf 



so called (o genannt 

80 years breijMgjatjrig (adj.) 

still nod) 

whole ganj 

bad jdblimm 

consequence bie ^olge 
partly t^ciltDClfc 

last ber lejjte 

rough rcutl) 

snow ber @tf)nee 

to cover bebecfcn 

for four months uier donate lang 

hot t)eip 

summer ber Somtner 

to follow folgen 

mild milb 

climate ba$ $tima 

therefore befUjalb 

to build banen 

greenhouse ba% ®lail)a\\i 

valuable tt)ertf)t)0tl 

to prefer Dorjiefyen 

symphony bie @t)mpt)0me 

Italian italienifd) 

opera bie Oper 

music bie SJhtfif 

monotonous eintonig 

expression ber 3ln3britcf 

effeminate tt)ei(i)lid) 

sentimentality bie ©Ctltimctltali- 

tat 
manly manntid) 

deep ttef 

feeling ba§ ©efiitjl 
worth ber SSertt) 
opinion bie Sfteinnng 

musician bcr-3)htftfcr 
concert ba$ (Concert 
to take place [tattfmben (ftatt is 
the last word of the sentence) 
Monday ber 9ftontag 
ticket ba§ Sillct 



— 33 — 

Reading lesson XIII. 

©a§ gemoljnlidtftc SIcibungSftftdF beftanb au§ einem geHe ober 
%nd)t, melcbeg fiber bcr SBruft burd) eine 9label ober bergletdjen ju- 
fammengeJjalten murbc. 3ttand)e ©tammc trugcn and) eng anlie* 
genbe diode nnb SBeinfleiber. ®ie3lrbeit in ber Sudje murbc burd) 
mannlidje ©ienftbootcn getljan, aber bie IBcmtrtljmig beim Wal)k 
bcforgtcn bte SBeiber unb boten ba$ Srtnftyorn bar, moju man l)du» 
fig [ifbcrbcfdjlagene SSiiffeU)orner bemifctc. 9?id)t felten murbc bci 
Srtnfgelagen mttlffiitrfcln gcfoiclt, mobei e£ biSmeilen uorfam 
(happened), bafi etn SWctnn all fein $ab unb ©ut, [cine SBaffcn, 
[cine grau unb Sinber, \a (nay) gule^t fid) [elbft, ba§ Ijcipt [eine 
f^rctyeit tterlor (lost) unb fid) bann in bie ©Hadcrct abfuljrcn la[- 
[cn muffte. 8lber and) crnftlidje SBcratfjungcn murben bci [oldjen 
©elegenfyeiten gepflogen; unb ©e[ange crfdjallten, mcldje ba$ Sin- 
benfen ber ©otter unb §elben efyrten, unb bie £i)aten ber SJorfa^rcn 
riiljmten. Stud) gctgtcn bte Ijcranmadjfenbcn Sitnglinge U)re ©e- 
fd^tdPIidjfeit im gcfaljrlidjcn SBaffcntangc. 

gctt)6!)nlid) usual mogU for which 

ba$ $[eibung§[tucf garment [ilbcrbcfd)iagen silver=mounted 

beftanb consisted ba§ SBitffcI^'orn buffalohorn 

ba§ gell skin fc benufcen use 

bie Sruft breast ' ba$ Strinfffefag revel 

bie 9?abcl pin SBitrfel (pi.) dice 

gufammengeljalten held together ba§ $ab unb ©ut property 

ttiandje (ph) some gltle^t at last 



tragen to wear ba$ fjetfct that is 

eng anliegenb closely fitting bie gretfjett liberty 

SBcinflciber (pi.) breeches bie ©flaDerei slavery 

bie $ud)C kitchen . abfii^ren to carry off 

tncmnlid) male ernftltd) serious 

SMenftboten (pi.) servants bie 53eratl)ung counsel 

getljan done folcfyen such 

bie SScmirtbung the serving bie ©elegenfyeit occasion 

ba§ Sftal meal gepflogen held 

be[orgen to attend to ber ©efang song 

ka§> 3Seib woman er[d)alleu to resound 

barbicten to hand ba$ Slnbenfen memory 

ba$ SErtnffjorn drinking-horn bcr §elb hero 



— 34 — 

cljrcn to honor bie ©efifttdflidjfeit skill 

3$orfal)ten (pi.) ancestors ber SSaffentang war-dance, 
fyercmttmcfyfenb growing up 



Sixteenth Lesson, 
so. 

Give me some bread. Do you (bit) eat brown or white 
bread ? I eat brown, but Charles rather eats white bread. Henry- 
is reading so eagerly, that he forgets (the) dinner. See, if he 
does not come yet. Do you (Du) take milk with (511) your 
coffee ? No (madame) . The world lets many a great and noble 
man starve ; and when he dies, they (femin. singul., referring 
to 2Selt) set him a costly monument. My neighbor speaks much 
of his misfortune and of the ingratitude of the world. Pie forgets 
the true and wise saying: u help yourself (bit jelbft) then (fo) 
God will help (present t.) you (dat.)." Those (b) complain 
most of (ftbet) their misfortune, who are themselves the cause 
of it (uavatt). If you (bit) fall, it is your own fault; why do 
you run so fast? I will give five dollars to him (b) who finds 
my watch and brings it to me. My father always wears a black 
hat, when he rides to (the) town. This belongs to the same (6) 
woman who bought oar house. 

a. Some verbs of the strong conjugations change their radical 
vowel in the present tense and imperative. [P. II. § 13, 
16, 17, 18, a. 19, b. 23, 25.] 

b. The (correlative) pronouns berjemcje, 7*e, that and berfdbe, 
the same are compounds ; their first component is the 
definite article and declined as such, though not separated 
from the other component, which is declined like an adjec- 
tive in the week form. 

rather liebet monument bd§ ©ettftttal 

eagerly etfHcj misfortune $(1$ Unglftcf 

dinner bag SSfttttagcffett ingratitude btC Uttbcmftmrfeit 

not yet nod) Utd)t true tual)r 

world bie 2Be(t wise toeifc 

noble ebel saying ba3 SSort 

starve DerljutiQcm complain flagen 

set feljcn most, [P. II. § 51, 3. Note& 5] 

costly Foftbav the cause fcfyitlb (adject.) 



— 35 — 

fault ber geljler always immer 

fast fdjncu wear tragen 

dollar ber ©oQar black fcfyroarg 

watch bte Ul)r ride fallen. 

Reading Lesson XIV. 

Ram ein grembling, (o ttmrbe cr gaftfrei bemirt^et, bnrfte fid) 
beim 3lbfd)teb al8 ©efdjenf auSoittcn, roaS ifym gefiel, unb ttmrbe 
bann roeiter bid gnm ncicbften Sttadjbar geleitet, ber fid) ebenfo gaft- 
frei bemieg. 2Bar ein $inb geboren, fo mttrbe e§ Dor geiabenen 
Bcngen gebabet, tmb Don einem berfelben mit SBaffer nbergoffen; 
babei tt)itrbe il)m ein Stamen gegeben, ben man gem Don etnem ber 
3engen, Dom Sutber ber 9Jhttter ober Dom ©roftoater entlefynte: 
©in SEobeSfall, befonberg bed gamilienfyanpteS, gab Skranlaffnng git 
einer S)ol)en geier. 9ftan iibergab ben Seidjnam einem ©(entente: 
enttueber ber Srbe ober anf etnem ©d)eiterl)anfen bem getter, ober 
bem SBaffcr be§ Peered; btSroeilen liej* man il)n anf brennenbem 
©cbiffein bie ©ee IjinauStreiben. 3Ba8 ber £obte im ikben am 
meiften geltebt, ttmrbe ibm mitgegeben (given into the grave), 
bem Wanne SSaffen, and) mot)l fein dto% ber gran ifjr ©cbmncE 
ober it)re ©pinbel, bem $inbe fein ©pielgeng, bem Strmen tuenig- 
ften§ ein *|kar nene ©djufye $w $eife nad) SBalljafla. SSon ber 
SBeftattnng be§ SSatcrS beimgefefyrt, rnftete man ein SRal. £>er 
altefte ©ofjn nafym ben ©it* be'8 ©erftorbenen ein, tuobnrd) bte 
3tecbte foroobl al8 *pfltd)tett begfelben anf il)n itbergingen. ©a§ 
©djroert fam it)m al8 tljeuerfteS ©rbe git. ©a§ itbrige ©rbc tljeilte 
er mit feincn Sritbern nnb anbtvn erbberecfytigten 9$ermanbten. 
©ie ©djroeftern erljielten Don ibm, ber mm ifjr SBormunb mar, nnr 
ttm§ tfym beliebte, nnb and) bie SSittiDe befam nnr tyx Singe* 
bradjtel 
ber grembling stranger roett far 

gaftfrei hospitably geleiten accompany 

betnirtben treat ebenfo equally 

ber 5lbfd)ieb departure bettmfen prove 

ba$ ©efdjenf gift geboren born 

anebitten ask gelaben invited 

gejailen please ber 3cnge witness 



— 36 — 



babctt bathe 
ba$ SBaffcr water 
ftbergoffen poured over 
ba bet at the same time 

ber stamen name 
gent usually 

ber ©rofjDCtter grandfather 
entlefmen borrow 
ber Sobegfall death 
i>a$ gamiltcnljaupt the head of 
the family 

bie s i>eranla(fiing occasion 

bie §eicr ceremony 

it ber flab surrendered (imperf.) 

ber ficidjnam corpse 
ba$ ©lenient element 

entmeber either 

bie 6rbe earth 

ber ©djeiterfjaufen the funeral 
i>a§ geiter fire [pile 

Itef3 let (imperf.) 

brennen bum 
ba$ @d)iff ship 
I)inan3treiben float away 
ber Jobte deceased 
tt)ol)l perhaps 
i>a$ d\o^ steed 



ber ©d)mtt(f trinket 
bie ©pinbet spindle 
ba% ©pieljeug toy 
arm poor 
ba$> $aar pair 
neu new 

bie SBeftattitltj} interment 
fyeitnfefyren return 

ritftcn prepare 

nafym ein took (imperf.) 

ber ©if} seat 

ber SScrftorbenc deceased 

IDObltrd) whereby 

bie W&)t duty 

fiberQincjen were transferred 

bag ©djroert sword 

baf!> ©rbe inheritance 

fam git belonged (imperf.) 

ftbrig remaining 

tljeilen divide 

erbberedjtigt entitled to- inherit 

ber SJerrocmbtc relative 

erljielten received (imp.) 
e§ belicbt it pleases 
bie SBittrue widow 
befatll received (imp.) 

ba§ (Singebradjte dowry. 



Seventeenth Lesson. 
si* 

On Monday I was at my uncle's. We ate venison and drank 
wine. I have not for a long while drank and eaten so well. We 
spoke of the artist who died the other day. My uncle had taken 
six of his pictures. He did not find them very beautiful, but he 
took them out of (ait3) pity for the family. After dinner (nad) 
Si jet) ) we sang in the parlor. I saw that on the table several 
books were lying, which I had not read yet. Uncle had given 
them to my aunt as a (jltttt) present. Now came my cousin 
William (2$ill)elm), when we had just sjfcken of him; and since 



— 37 — 

we had sung enough, we commenced a lively conversation. 
While we sat quietly there, we suddenly heard a noice, at (fiber) 
which we all were startled (imperf.). Soon Robert came out 
of the sideroom. He had fastened a picture to (an) a nail ; this 
broke and the picture fell (fid). We helped him now, and fast- 
ened the picture to another nail, wherein we easely succeeded. 
He who would ( ID ill) be happy, must be contented with little. 
Him for whom little is noth enough, even much will never satis- 
fy. If you have begun anything good, do not despair at a failure. 
Wherein you do not succeed today, in that you may succeed to- 
morrow. 

a. Verbs of the second conjugation. [P. II. § 18, 19, 20.] 

b. Paradigm of strong conjugation with the auxiliary I) a ben. 
[P. II. § 34.] 

c. The pronoun iner, IDaS can be used as relative pronoun, but 
only when the relative (i. e. subordinate) clause precedes 
the principal clause. The latter may then begin with Der, 
bag. 

d. The verb gelittgetl is impersonal and governs the dative : I 
succeed in this, biefeg flelitlflt mix. 

venison i>a$ SBilbpret suddenly plofclid) 

not for a long while fd)01t lattge noise bag ©crfillfd) 

nidjt startle erfdjredfen (intrans.) 

the other day neitlid) soon belli) 

pity i>a$ 8Witleiben sideroom ba§ Webcngmtmer 

parlor ha§ 35ef it dimmer nail ber 9to<jel 

several einicje (pi.) easily (eid)t 

aunt bie Jatlte to be enough gettfig&t 

present ba§ ©efdjenf even felbft 

just cben never niemalS 

lively lebbaft satisfy gltfrtcbcu ftdlctt 

conversation ba§ ©efpviid) despair Dergmeifelu 

quietly rilljtg failure ba$ ^liplittgctt. 
there ba 

Reading Lesson XV. 

9D?el)rcre gamilien bilbeten eine ©emeinbe, md)rere ©emeinben 
cine $imbertfd)aft,tnel)rere ^unbertfdjaften einen©an, em obcrmel)- 
rere ©ane einen ©tamm ober ein SBolf. ®urd) allc bicfc Slbftu- 
fungen (fjinburd)) gtng ein cntfdfjieben bemofratifcfycS (Element, fo 



— 38 — 

ba$ jebem (Singelnen ba$ moglidtft fio^c 9ftafc t>on greiljcit unb 
9tedjt gema^rt, aber and) ba§ SBeroujftfein lebenbig mar, baft ber 
©ingelne bem ©angen angefyore unb it)m fetnen SStUen untcrorbncn 
miiffe, 9}£it biefer einfadjen ©taatSderfafjimg ftanb bie $eere3oer- 
faffung, bie in§ altefte 2lftertl)itm ^inaufretc^t, im enoften 3ufam- 
menfyang. 9tationalfriege murben in offentltc^er SSerfammlitng 
beratfjen, mobei ber ^riefter bttrd) SooSmerfen bie ©otter befragte. 
©ann murben ciu$ ben Ijeiligen $ainen bie gelbgeicfyeu, meift ftjm- 
bolifd)e £l)ierbilber, gefyolt, unb ba$ §eer brad) attf gum $ampfe. 

©ie Semaffnttng mar biirftig. Slug SWangel an (Sifen maren 
©djmerter felten, ganger nod) feltener, unb §elme nur bet menigen 
git finben. ©a§ $aupt mar gcmoljnlid) ttnbebetft ©ie $attpt= 
luaffe mar em ©d)aft mit etnem furgen, fc^arfen (Sifen an ber 
©pi£e, gleid) geeignet git £ieb, ©top unb SfSurf; anbere trttgen 
©d)Ieubern; Diele nur im gcitcr geljcirtete Settlen. ©ingelne 
©tamme geidjneten fid) aU 3ieiter auf ungefattelten *JJferben awi. 
©ie #auptftarfe aber lag im gujtoolf, meld)c§ biSmeilen mit bm 
^teitern untermifdjt angriff. ©er erfte SltipraH -mar furdjtbar, min- 
ber beljarrlid) bie SiuSbauer. ©ie feften Sager ber Siomer eroberten 
fie meift mit ©turm; benn bie tuttft, $elagcrung§mafd)inen ober 
eigene gefluugen gu batten, mar i^nen unbefannt. 
bilben form unterorbnen subordinate 

bie ©emeinbe community einfad) simple 

bie 0ltnbcrtfd)aft hundredship ba& Seer army 
ber ©au shire bie $erfaffung system 

bie Slbftltfltng gradation ba§ Slltcrttjltttt antiquity 

fling went Ijinanfrcidjen reach 

entfdjieben decidedly enge close 

ber moglidjft l)ot)e the highest ber Sufammenbang connection 

possible bie Skrfammlnng meeting 

ba$ tytafy measure beratfyen deliberate 

ber (Singelne individual mobei whereat 

mal)ren secure ber ^pricfter priest 

ba$ ^Bemuptfein consciousness ba$ i*oo8rocrfcn the casting of the 
lebenbtg alive lot 

gang whole bcfragen ask 

Ctngcljoucn belong ^eiltg sacred 

ber SBillc will ber §ain grove 



— 39 — 

ba§ gelbgetdjctt ensign fatten harden 

f^mbolifd) symbolic bie Settle club 

ba§ £t)terlulD the image of an fid) au^eicfyncit distinguish him- 

animal self 

fyolen bring ber better rider 

bract) aitf (imperf.) broke up tmgefattelt unsaddled 

ber Sampf contest bie ^aitptfttirfe principal strength 

bte ©eroaffmmg the arming lag lay 

bftVfttg defective ba$ gitftoolf infantry 

ber 9ftcmgel want imtermi|d)t intermixed 

[elteit scarce attgriff attacked (imp.) 

ber ganger coat of mail ber Sinprall attack 

ber §elm helmet flird)tbar terrible 

roenige (ph) few minber less 

ba§ $aupt head befyarrlid) steady 

unbebccft bare bie Slu^bauer perseverence 

bie §anpttnajfe principal weapon feft fortified 

ber @d)aft shaft ba$ Sager camp 

fdjarf sharp erobern take 

bie ©pi£e point ber (Sturm storm 

gleid) equally bie Sitttft art 

geeignet fit bie SBelagerungSmafcfyine machine 

ber §ieb striking of siege 

ber @toj3 thrusting bie ^eftung fort 

ber SBttrf throwing bauen build 

bie ©djleuber sling unbefannt unknown. 



Eighteenth Lesson. 

Yesterday I rode the first time my new horse ; he ran very 
well. When I came to the corner, he suddenly stopped, and I 
fell off. But the horse remained standing (infin.) quietly. I 
seized the reins, and mounted again. Have you often been on 
horseback yet? Yes, but I have never yet fallen from the horse, 
but have always kept myself well in the saddle. No horse has 
run too fast for me yet. Today a dog bit our neighbor's boy ; 
he screamed pitifully ; at first the matter seemed to me danger- 
ous ; but I soon saw that the clog had bitten him only slightly, 
so that he suffered but little pain. Why did you cry (perf. t.) 



— 40 — 

so (much)? Because I hit (perf.) my foot against (an) a stone. 
Have I not advised you to go slowly? I have called three 
times, but you did not stand still (perf.). Why did you run 
(perf.) so, when I called you? I wished to catch a butterfly. 
Yesterday I caught four, and have now in the whole caught 
eighteen. I have written four letters today, and yesterday I 
wrote two. I do not know, why my friend has been silent so 
long ; he left (perf.) my last letter long unanswered, and yet he 
knows, that I am anxiously waiting for (an) answer. I know 
not, why you had quarreled. We quarreled, because my sister 
cut the cloth too short ; I had told her, she should cut it longer, 
but she left my advice unheeded. 

a. Verbs of the third conjugation. [P. II. § 21, 22, 23.] 

b. Paradigm of strong conjugation with the auxiliary feitt. 
[P. II. § 35.] 

c. The irregular verb ttriffen. [P. II. § 46, Note.] 

d. Position of modifying expressions. [P. II. §§ 65 — 68.] 

the first time gum erfteu 2M slight leid)t 

new neu but mtr 

corner bie 6cfe pain ber ©djmerj 

suddenly plojjltd) scream fdjrcictl 

stop Molten hit ftojicn 

offfyerunter foot ber gujj 

stand ftel)en bleiben slow langfam 

seize grcifen nad) times Wal 

rein ber J5u$d to stand still ftefyen bleiben 

mount ftetgen — cwf butterfly ber ©cfymetterling 

yet fdjon unanswered unbecmtroortet 

to be on horseback reiten anxious begiertg 

keep f)tl(ten answer bie Slntluort 

boy ber $nabe quarrel (treiten 

pitiful j&mmerlid) tell fyeipen 

at first flhfanp leave laffctt 

matter bie Qad^t advice ber Matt) 

dangerous Qefci^rlict) unheeded Uttbead)tet. 

Reading lesson XVI. 

Ucber bie Religion ber alten ®cutfd)cn Ijc.rrfdjt flroJ3cg ©imfel; 
imb Don bem mai mtr fyicrftber 1 ) ttriffen, fonnen roir l)ter nur \>a$ 
SBidjtiflftc anfiiljren.' ©o bid ift thu, ba$ bie alten ©eutfd&cn Don 



— 41 — 

iljrer aftatifdjen UrtjeimatI) eine 9taturreligion geerbt fatten, erne 
^oSmogonie, 2 ) in meldjer trie berf^iebenen Sftatttrfrafte tnel)r ober 
meniger betttlid) getrennt, unb gttbem perfonifijirt roaren ; unb bap 
itn fo entftanbenen ©ottfjeiten erft fpciter etfyifdje sprincipien beige- 
legt murben. ©ret 3lbtf)eilungen treten jebod) beutlid) t)erDor: bic 
91 i e f en ober bie gemaltfam tobenben 9laturfrafte unb rofyen 3J?af- 
(en; fobann bie eig entli djen ©otter ober bte ftetig mir- 
fenben grojkn (Slementarftafte; unb enblid) bte untcrgcorb- 
neten ©ottermefen ober bte (tiller mirfenben, tfyeilmetfe an 
dtanm unb £>rt gebunbenen 3 ) elementarifcfyen Srdfte. 

©ie eigentlidjen ©otter, bie ttnter bem genteinfamen iftamen ber 
91 f e n befannt tnaren unb in 51 § g a r b mofjnten, erfdjienen bat)er 
nid)t, rote ber Ijebraifdje Seljobalj, al§ @d)6pfer, fonbern nur al8 
Orbner 4 ) ber SBelt, bie mit ibnen au§ einem d)aotifd)en Suftanbe, 
bem bie Stiefen fdjon angeljorten, IjerDorgegangen mar. ®er l)6d)fte 
biefer ©otter mar SB it o t a n , and) © b t n genannt. 5 ) 3n grie* 
ben§3eiten fa£ er auf Ijoljem ©tul)(e, bie SBclt itberfcfyattenb unb re- 
gierenb; im $riege ftiirmte er auf meifcem Stoffe ben $eerfd)aaren 
Doran, uerliel) ben ©ieg, unb rief 6 ) bie ©efallenen in feme fyimm- 
lifdfje Surg. Slujkrbem mar er aud) ©d)it£er 7 ) ber ftaatlidjen SDrb- 
nung. ©er eigentfidjc, ttngeftitme $rieg£gott aber mar 3iu, 
mcifyrenb gro, urfprftnglid) eine SKeereSgottljeit, fpciter jebod) ber 
©ott be£ 9teid)tbum§ unb beg ©ebeil)en§ ber ©aaten, ber fegnenbe 
griebenggott mar. 3n © on ar ober £fyor mttrbe ba$ l)immlifd^e 
getter beg ©emitters tierebrt. 6r mar in ftetem $ampfe mit itn 
dlitftn (begriffen). ©ie ebelfte (Srfdjeinung ttnter btn 5lfen ift 
spaltar ober Sal ber, ber ©ttte genannt, ber ben Segriff bef- 
fen, ma§ recfyt unb rein ift, reprdfcntirt. ©em imljeiluoUer Sob ift 
eine ber fdjonften (Spifoben in ber germanifdjen s JJ?t)tI)ologie. 

1) in regard to it. 2) cosmogony. 3) limited. 4) arranger. 5) called. 6) called 
(imperf.) 7) protector. 

Note. Compound words, as Ur*&eimartj, 9?atur-reitgion K. the 
pupil must henceforth find out by their components. Words like etc* 
metttartfd), elementary, d)aetifd), chaotic which are the same in English 
as in German, with only the slight difference of termination, will also 
be left to the pupils own suggestion. A.11 words, not given at the end 
of the lessons, are to be found in the vocabulary. 



— 42 — 

Nineteenth Lesson. 

Our soldiers (have) fought with great bravery ; our artillery 
shot quickly and well ; after a short contest the enemy (plur. ) 
fled ; they have now lost three battles in one week, and have 
gone (^iel)en) farther south. Their losses induced them to give 
up their unjust demands, and peace will now soon be concluded. 
Why did you not shoot (perf.) the dove? She flew upon the 
roof and crept into the pigeon-house. It vexed me to lose her ; 
my neighbor offered me thirty cents for a pair. This man swore 
that he knew nothing of the affair. But he has lied and sworen 
falsely. They say, he will have to go to the penitentiary ; but 
I also heard, that he had been pardoned. It would be the great- 
est wrong, if he should be pardoned. If I were the judge, 
I should have him hanged. 

a. Verbs of the fourth conjugation. [P. II. § 24.] 

b. Use of the subjunctive mood. [P. II. §§ 73, 74.] 

soldier ber ©olbat conclude frf)liefcen 

bravery bie £apferfeit dove bie Saube 

artillery bie Sirtillerie roof bag Qa&) 

quick filmed pigeon-house ber £aubcnfd)lag 

contest ber Sampf cent bet Gent 

enemy bet ^einb pair bag s $aar 

battle bie ©d)(ad)t affair bie @ad)e 

week bie SBodje false falfd) 

far meit penitentiary bag 3ltd)tf)au3 

south ffibtid) pardon begnabigen 

loss ber SSertuft wrong bag Unrest 

give up aufgeben judge ber $iid)ter 

unjust ungered)t hang fyangen (trans.). 

demand bie gorbcrttng 

Reading lesson XVII. 

95on ben ©ottinnen ftnb faft mtr g r i g g , bie ©emafylin SBuo- 
tcmS unb $rct) ja, bie ©ema[)lin go«, befannt, tuelcfye bcibe fiber 
grucfytbarfeit unb ftouStoefen ttmlteten. 

9llg ftete SSiberfacfyer ber Slfcn, roeldje bie SSelt au8 bent Gljaog 
gefjoben fatten unb Dor bem Surucffinfen in bagfetbe beroaljrtcn, 
galten bie s Jtie[en, bie unbanbigen Sinber beg tefyaog, lueldje fort- 



— 43 — 

fc&tfcnb bie Don ben ®3tterit gcfdjajfeue Orbmmg ju brcd)cn be- 
ftrcbt roarcn. 2lcl)nttd) hen ©riedjen batten 1 ) bte alten ®cut|d)en 
(id) 1 ) bic Srbe alg etne Dam SBcltmect: umflutljcte 2 ) Sdieibe. 3n 
brm ©fecre lag etne ungefyeure ©change, bte 3)i ibgarbS- 
f d) ( a n g e, bte fid) 3 ) urn bte ganje Srbe Ijerumtuanb 3 ) unb bte bie 
£od)ter etne§ Dxtefen mar. 3cn[eit3 be§ SSeltmeereS mar bie §ci= 
mail) bcr Stiefen, 3 o U) u n [) e i m ober U t g a r b genannt. ® ie 
Sticfen tuaren gum 2l)eil roeife, fannten 4 ) bie ©cljcimniffc ber Bit* 
fituft, unbderftanben 6 ) fid) 5 ) attf 5 ) Battberfunfte ; babct aber maren 
(ie gemoljnlid) Ijaplid) unb mtpgeftattet, Don bofer, ti'icfifdjer Sftatitr, 
nub bte getnbe ber SEcnfdjen forooljl ate ber ©otter. 

Unter ben untergeorbneten SBcfcn ftnb bcfonberS angufuljrcn a) : 
bie 3 m e r g e ober © d) ro a r g e I f c n 6 ), mcldje fid) Dorgitglid) un- 
ter ber Srbe au(()ielten, bie ©djafce im Scfyofie ber Grbe bettmdjtcn, 
unb fid) bttrd) ©e(d)icflid)feit in 9J?ctaHarbeit auejeidjneten. ©ie 
maren geiuo[)nlid) tucfifd) ; bod) ttjaten 7 ) fie and) l)aufig ben 8Kcn- 
fd)en ©nteS. SSa[)rfd)ein[idi maren fie ^etfoniftcationen ber l)eim» 
lid) mirfenben Sfatitrfrciftc. SB 1)1 git untctjd)dbena) Don biefen 
ftnb bie met pen ©If en, bie in Sllfljeim moljnen, unb fo 
lidjt mie bie Sonne ftnb. ©iefe (orate bie 9Zijen 8 ), 2S a I b - 
I c u t e 9 ), $ b 1 b e 10 ) unb anbere untergeorbnete gottlidje SSejen 
malteten in unb ttber ber ©rbe, in SSSaffer unb Shift, in SSalb unb 
gclb, fogar in $au8 unb $of. 

a) The German language frequently uses the infinitive of the active 
voice, in cases where the English uses the passive voice: fyter tjt ttt1)tS 
Jit feben, here is nothing to be seen; too ift er JU ftnben ? where is he 
to be found. 

1) thought 2) surrounded by the floods of .. 3) surrounded. 4) knew. Sounder- 
stood. 6) black elves. 7) did. 8) water-nymphs. 9) forest-people. 10) goblins. 



Twentieth Lesson. 

34. 

What has here been dug? A well. I dug one last year, which 
was much deeper. We loaded the earth upon wheelbarrows and 



— 44 — 

wheeled it into the garden. Here the earth is loaded upon large 
carts and taken to that swamp. Did you see, how this man 
struck his horse? Yes, he is very wrong and deserves, to be 
struck himself. We have now baked and washed enough ; let 
us go into the garden. You are right. How beautifully these 
trees are grown ! Have they borne (any) fruit (plur.) yet? This 
one bore last year some pears ; the other is not a fruit tree ; it 
seems to be created only for beauty and shade ; it grew ten feet 
in three years. Can you tell me the first words of the bible ? 
In the beginning God created (the) heaven and (the) earth. 

a. Verbs of the fifth conjugation. [P. II. § 25.] 

b. You are right and you are wrong are in German : bit l)Clft 

dkd)t and tut Ijaft Unredjt. 

well ber SBtunnen some cintge (pi.) 

last uorig pear bie Sotrne 

deep ttef fruit tree ber Obft&CUtm 

earth bte (Srbe beauty bte ©djonfyeit 

wheelbarrow ber ©cfyubfarren shade ber Scfyatten 

wheel faijreti foot ber gup [P. II. § 4 (13).] 

cart ber barren tell fagen 

take foljrcn bible bie 93ibel 

swamp ber ©tlttlpf in the beginning am Sfafcmfl 

deserve Derbienen heaven ber $immel. 

fruit bie grtidjt 

Reading Lesson XVIII. 

©rojwrtig unb furdjtbar mar bte ©orftellttng, toelcfye fid) bte al- 
ien ©eutfcfyen Dom SBeltuntcrgangc madjten. 28enn biefc 3eit fid) 
nal)t, — fo Icfcn roir in ber ©bba, ber alten ©ammltmg Don 
ffltytytn unb SBciffagungcn — fo mirb bie 95erberbtljeit ber Sften- 
fdjcn git einem grauenDollen ©rabe ftcigen (rise). ©ruber roerben 
mit einanber in ©treit geratfyen 1 ) unb einanber tobtcn. SBIutS- 
freunbc toerben bag SUanb ber SSerroanbtfdjaft lofen. $artfinn 2 ) 
roirb bie SKenfcfyen erfitllen, Untreue tjciiifig fein. 6? mirb eine 3eit 
beg ©djrocrteS fein unb ber gefpaltcncn ©djilbe, eine Beit Doll fltHr- 
tnifdjeu ©inneg unb tDolfrfdjcr 3 ) ©ier. Seiner tuirb be§ anbern 
tneijr fdjonen 

©ann tuirb ber grope fiampf ber ©otter unb Siiefen folgen. Sic 



— 45 — 

Crbe bebt, ein (Sturm fegt fiber bic Scmbc unb etftttmrgclt *) ade 
SBaume, alle ©cbirge bredjen jufatnmen 5 ); bie 3ftibgarbefd)lange 
malgt unb bciumt fid), baf* bie SBogen bc§ 2J?eere8 ba§ £anb fiber* 
flittbcn. 8luf einem @d)iffe, ba% fie im fiaufc ber Beiten au8 ben 
9iagcln ber SScrftorbcncn crbaut Ijaben, fegcln bie Stiefen Donlltgarb 
uad) SlSgarb, bem SBofynorte ber 51 fen. 55er SGSoIf % en r i § , ein 
Stiefenfoljn, fturjt mitaufgeriffenem 6 ) Stadjen t>ormart§; fetnObcr- 
fiefer reidjt big an ben $imme[, fein Unterfiefer bcritljrt bieSrbe; 
g'cucr lobert iljm au8 icn Slugen. ©ie 9D?ibgarbefd;(ange erffillt 
Stfeer unb iJuft mit il)rem ©ifte, unb fommt mit bem SSolfe fyerau 7 ). 
Slnbere $tiefen fommen au3 bem Slbgrunbe ber Grbe; unb au$ bem 
gefpaltenen §immel fommen bie geuerriefen; alle tiereinigen fid) 
gum 2lngriff auf bie Slfcn. 3n bem fid) entfpinnenben furdjt- 
baren ffampfe tobten bie Slfen unb 9tiefen fid) gegenfeilig. ©a§ 
Don ben geuerriefen geroorfene geuer derbrcnnt bie gauge SBelt; 
bie ©onne fdjitmrjt ft ct> 3 ) , bie (Srbe finft in§ 9fteer, unb Dom §im« 
mel fallen bie ©terne. 

®od) fcifyrt bie SBeiffagung fort gu uerfunben, ba$ au$> btm nun 
nllc8 ftberfd)tuemmenben9J?eere eineneue@rbe[)erDortau^en 9 )iX)irb; 
ebenfo mirb eine nette Sonne erfdjeinen. ©ie SBclt ber ginfterni^ 
unb bie 9iiefen finb untergegangenj bie ©otter lebcn erneut unb 
geliiutert roieber auf, unb fiber ber neuen (Srbe ift ein neuer ^immel, 
too tugenbl)afte 9Jfenfct)en rooljncn unb alle 3dten fytnbnrdj 2Bonne 
geniejkn. 

1) to get, 2) hardheartedness. 3) wolfish. 4) to uproot. 5) down, 6) gaping, 
7) on. 8) to turn black, 9) to emerge. 



Twenty First Lesson. 

S3. 

Last night the carpenter shop in our street burned down. We 
ran there as fast as we could, and found the whole building in 
flames. A man whom I did not know came from (aiUo) the 
dwelling-house, which also commenced burning (infinit.) and 
brought out a child. He brought out a child? Yes, that with- 



— 46 — 

out him had certainly burned to death. In the fright and con- 
fusion nobody had throught of (an, aceus.) the child. This 
man had gone into the house, to save what he could. When 
he came to (in) the upper story, the child stood there crying. 
After he had brought out the child, he went in once more. I 
thought, he would be burned himself. But he soon came back 
and brought an arm full of clothes. He d^d more for the safety 
of the poor people than any one else ; and after he had done 
what he could, he quietly went away. Somebody who stood 
beside me, told me his name, but I have forgotten it. You did 
not know (perfect) him? No, Sir. Haw much burned down? 
The house was partly saved ; but, where the shop had stood, is 
now only a heap of burned timbers and ashes.- 

a. Irregular verbs. [P. II. § 26.] 

b. Inversion of the interrogative sentence. [P. II. § 71.] 

last Dergangen cry mcinen 

carpenter ber Stmmermcmn after nad)bem 

shop bic SKevfftcitte once more nod) cinmal 

down ab arm ber Slrm 

there bin full Doll 

flame bie glamme more mef)r 

dwellinghouse ba§ SEo^nljauS safety bie s Jlettnng 

certain gettUp poor arm 

burn to death berbrennen any one else irgenb jcmanb cm- 

fright bie Slngft berg 

confusion bie ©ertturrung somebody jemanb 

nobody niemanb . tell nennen 

save retten heap ber $aufen 

upper ber obere timber ber 33alfen 

story ber ©tocf ashes bie 9lfd)e. 

Reading Lesson XIX. 

3d) Ijatte eben merne Slrbetten fur bie Settle becnbigt. SSie fie 
roarcn, bag fitmmerte mid) 1 ) ntdjt gar fcljr; roetm fie aud) 2 ) fern 
befonbereS Sob be§ SM)rerS uerbienten, fo mar bod) id) mit benfelben 
ferlig 3 ) gemorben unb batte a(fo, tnenigften? nad) meiner 9!tteimmg, 
mcine ©cfyulbigfcit gct^an. ©omit wax aber and) jeber ©ebanfe 



— 47 — 

an Slrbcit, ©djule unb Scorer abgcfd)itttclt nub bie Srljolung, bic 
mir (bod)) ber eigentlidje 3mecf beS 2cben8 gu fcin fd)ien, ber ein* 
gii^c ©egcnftanb, momit fid) mein ©eift nun befdjaftigte. 3d) Ijatte 
bal)cr and) nid)t$ (Siltgere§ 4 ) 311 tljun, al8 mtr bet meiner gutcn 
Sautter bie ©rlaubnip gu erbitten, gu meinen ©djul- unb ©piel= 
famcraben anf bie ©trape gel)en (gu bftrfen). ©ie marb mtr ge» 
gcben, unb nun ging eS 5 ) in Dollem ©alopp bie ©tiege fyinttntcr 
unb burd) ben £>of anf bie erfcljntc ©trafk. Slber id) ging, ober 
lief melmeljr, nid)t mit leeren §anben fo fort, fonbern id) mar fool) I 
bemaffnet mit — einem s Jteif unb bem bagu gel)6rigen ©tab. 3d) 
trat frol)lid) unter meineSamcraben, ttnb3lpoEo fonnte nid)t ftolger 
anf feinen g5ttlid)en SJogch fcin, at§ id) auf meinen irbifdjen unb 
leiber etmaS gebred)licben 3ieif. Slber id) fyatte and) Urfadje bagu ; 
benn id) mar befonbcrS ttjatig gemefen, ba8 s Jteiffd)lagen 6 ) — cine 
gar nidjtgu Deradjtenbe iunff — in unferer ©tabt rcd)t in ©djmung 
gu bringen, unb mar and), morauf id) mir nidjt menig gu ©ute 
tt)at 7 ), aU ber gefdjitftefte unb bebenbefte 3teiffdf)lager befannt. 

1) e$ fiimmert mid) I care. 2) even. 3) fertip Herbert mit. ♦ ., finish. 4) tttd)t$ (Stlt- 
gere$ nothing more urgent. 5) ging e$ I went. 6) rolling hoop. 7) of which I was not 
a little proud. 



Twenty Second Lesson. 

I do not comprehend, why my brother does not come. .Per- 
haps b) matters of business detain him. No, he does not allow 
himself to be detained by matters of business ; something b) must 
have happened to him. This letter has just now been delivered. 
-Let us see what it contains. My brother writes, my letter was 
handed to him too late, he cannot now possibly get away ; but he 
has proposed to himself, to accept my invitation as soon as poss- 
ible. I cannot understand, why my letter got there too late. 
Our mail is very badly managed. It happens so often, that 
letters miss their way or fail entirely to arrive. Have you read 
the letter all through? Yes (Sir) it contains not much of interest. 
My brother has suffered a slight loss in his business. He under- 



— 48 — 

takes more than he can carry out. Now he is looking for(nctd)) 
a bookkeeper. There b) are so many young men running about 
without employment, but very few of them are good workers . 
There b) are so many coming that wish to be employed as 
bookkeepers ; but they usually do not understand their business. 

a. Separable and inseparable verbs. [P. II. §§ 14, 15, 39, 
40.] 

b. The pronoun e£ frequently takes the place of the subject 
at the head of the sentence, the real subject following after 
the finite verb. This somewhat corresponds with the 
English " there" at the head of a sentence : 

i&$ flagen tuele £eute fiber bie fdjiuercn 3eiten, 

There are many people complaining of the hard times. 

comprehend begreifen mail bie Spoft 

matters of business ©efd)5fte bad fd)fed)t 

detain abtjalteit [(pi.) manage einrid)ten 

allow faff en happen twfommen 

something ettt)a3 miss uerfel)lcn 

happen guftopen way ber SBeg 

just now fo ebetl fail to arrive aitSbletbeU 

deliver abgeben read through bitrdjlefen (sep.) 

contain entfjdten of interest SntcreffcmteS 

hand iibergeben (insep.) suffer crlcibcn 

late feat " slight flein 

not possibly Uttmoglid) carry out au§fiU)ren 

get away abfommen look fid) umfcljcn (sep.) 

propose to himself ficfydorneljmen bookkeeper 33itd)l)alter 

accept anncljmcn run about Ijerumloufen 

invitation bie (Sinlabung employment bie Sefcfydftigung 

possible moglicfy few mcnigc (pi.) 

understand Detfteljen worker Slrbctter 

get there l)infommen employed angcftcllt. 

Reading Lesson XX. 

Seiner fonnte feinen s Jieif fo fdjnell tmb gleidjmcifcig fdjlagen x ) ; 
fetner fonnte auf fo engem Otaume felbft ben grojHen Stetf nad) (in) 
beliebiger 2 ) 9ttd)tung menben 3 ) nnb brefyen, a($ id). Sljr gfaubt 
biellcidjt, bajn gemote 4 ) menig^unft; aber Dcrfud)tc8nur(cinmal), 
einen SJieif don brei guj$ ©urdjmeffer auf einem s Jtaume tton fed)§ 
gu£ 23rette gtt breljen, oljne md) in ber geljorigen SBcfoegimg imb 



— 49 — 

©djneHigfeit ftoren gu laffen, unb U)r toerbet balb don carer S5er- 
ad)tung gegen biefc ebte ftimft guvucffommen, unb il)r bie derbiente 
2Bftrt>igung imb Slnerfennung gu Sljeil roerben laffen. 6 ) 

Saum war id) in ben firci8 ber QroptenfyeilS mit Dieifen derfe- 
l)enen @d)aar getreten 6 ), fo (when) roarb 7 ) id) aud) gleid) gum 
<2d)iebsrid)fer in einem unfere itmrbige Sunft betreffenben ©trett 
crroaljlt. (£§ Ijanbelte 8 ) fid) niimlid) urn nid)t8 ©ertngeree 8 ), al8 
bie fefyr mid)tige grage, ob man einen 9teif burd) ©d)!agen obcr 
burd) bloj$e3 5lnlegen 9 ) mit bem &tab raenben folk; unb mem 
Uracil, ba§ bie erftere Sftetfjobe derroarf, bie gmeite aber ale bie 
rid>tige gelten 10 ) Heft 10 ), ttmtbe don ben fd^on anfangS berfelben 
23eiftimmenben mtt Subel aufgenommen, don ber ©egeupartljei aber 
al$ underbrfidjlid) anerfannt 

%ad)bem id) in einem 3teif roettrennen ben @ieg badongetragen u ) 
unb aud) fonft mid) fo giemlid) fyerumgetummelt l)atte, bemerfte id) 
mit Seibmefen, baft mein burd) feine geringe ©rojk obnebieS nidt)t 
fel)r anfel)nlid)er 9teif burd) bie dielen ©trapagen indalib gemorben 
mar. 3d) fteHte 12 ) tbtn feljr erbaitlicfye S3etrad)tungen fiber bie 
£$erganglid)feit a(Ie§ 3rbifd)en an 12 ), unb betrauerte ben balbigen 13 ) 
$ingang nmne§ eblen SieblingS, ber mir lange treu gebient fjatte, 
al§ mir in meinem Summer ein gutiger Sngel erfd)ien. 

1) to roll. 2) whaterer. 3) guide. 4) this requires. 5) §u — laffen, grant. 6) enter. 
7) for tourbc. 8) ti — ©ertitgereS, nothing less was at issue. 9) guiding. 10) acknow- 
ledge. 11) gain. 12) make. 13) approaching. 



Twenty Third Lesson. 

I am glad of (fiber) this beautiful weather. Yesterday it 
rained all day ; but today the sun has again taken pity on us 
(genit.). I was already vexed, that our excursion, for (nad)) 
which I had longed so much (|"et)r), should have to be put off 
again. Had we gone to the mountains last week, we had had 
no recreation. One day it thundred and lightened, the next it 
snowed, and I felt cold even here in the plain. But now we 
shall breath the mountain air. If (c) Charles could have got 



— 50 — 

away, he would accompany us. What has he then to do ? He 
writes for a journal. I was surprised when he accepted the po- 
sition. If c) he was not compelled by need, he would not sub- 
mit to such fetters. Let us rest here, I am hungry. Are you 
not ashamed to be tired and hungry already? If c) you had 
come as for as I, you would be hungry too. You must remember 
that c) I had gone already five miles, when I came to you. Quite 
right ; I saw, that c) your boots were muddy. Well (nun) 
though I am not hungry, I am at least thirsty. Let us therefore 
make halt here and rest in the shade. 

a. Reflexive and impersonal verbs. [P. II. § 28, 37, 38.] 

b. The inverted subordinate sentence. [P. II. § 72.] 

c. menu (if) and ba$ (that) are to be left out. [P. II. § 72.] 

to be glad fid) freucn I am surprised e3 ttumbert mid) 

weather ba§ SBetter position Die @tellung 

all day bm gatuen Sag compel gmingen 

take pity fid) erbarmen need bic 9totl) 

I am vexed e§ cirgert mid) submit fid) unterroerfen 

excursion ber 3iit3flltg fetters geffeltt 

long fid) fefjnett rest rufyen 

put off auffdjieben I am hungry e§ f)itngert mid) 

have recreation fid) erljolett I am ashamed id) fd)(ime mid) 

lighten blijjetl tired mftbe 

thunder bormern hungry (jmtgrig 

next ber ncid)fte come t)erfommen 

snow fdjneien remember fid) erttincrtt 

I feel cold e§ friert midj right redjt 

plain ©bene boot ber ©tiefel 

breath atljmcn muddy fd)mitfcig 

mountain air bie SBerjjlilft I am thirsty c3 bltrftct mid) 

get away abfommetl therefore alfo 

accompany bcfllcitcn halt ber $alt. 
journal bad Sournaf 

Beading Lesson XXI. 

3m erften Slugenblicf fyielt 1 ) id) biefe Srfdjeimmg freilid) fur fet- 
nen (Sngel; benn oQe ©ngel, bie id) biefyer gcfeljen i)atk, faljen ttrie 
frifdje Snaben obcr fd)5ne Sungfranen cut§, fatten ^liigei auf bm 
$iufen; in ber §anb tuoljl and) einen grimen 3wcig. ©icfe tua* 
ren jmar nur gemalf; aber meiner Sfteimmg wad) mu^ten bie (§n- 



— 51 — 

gel im $immcl gcrabe fo augfcljcn. ®a(3 eitt foldjer Gngel fict> in 
irbtfdjer ©eftalt geige, fonnte id) burd)au§ nidjt glaubenj aDer t)ier 
ttmrbc ntein Unglaitben eine§ 2 ) ©effercn 2 ) beleljtt. ®er (Sngel, 
iDeldjer mir erfdjien, fyatk ftatt be§ gritnen 3roeige§ ein ftarfe§ 23am- 
bu§rol)r in ber $anb, l)atte and) feine gliigel, urn in ber ihift 311 
fdjmeben; im ©egentl)etl ging er fel)r langfam unb befcfymetlid), 
benn feine Seine fatten eine fdjrocre fiaft $11 tragen — einen harper, 
ber einem gaffe giemlid) cifynlid) mar. 3J? it einem SSorte: e§ fam 
ber alte, btdfe §err #auptmcmn, ber in nnfrer SJladjbarfcfyaft mofynte. 
3d) madjte .pfltdjtfdjnlbigft 3 ) meinen ©iener 4 ), unb roar fefyr er- 
ftaunt, a(8 id) il)n feine fdjroerfaUigen ©djritte gcrabe anf mid) gu- 
Ienfen faf). ®er alte $rieger macfyte aber eine fo frennblicfye Sftiene, 
ba£ id) itberjeugt mar, er fonne bei biefem Slnmarfd) nnr frieblidje 
9lbfid)ten fyaben; nnb beftyalb gemann jejjt bie 9lengierbe bie £)ber- 
Ijanb itber bie lleberrafdjnng. 3Sa3 fonnte rooljl 5 ) ber^err §anpt» 
mann, ber groar meinen ©rn£ immer frennbtid) erroiberte, aber mid) 
nie anjprad), Don mir molten? SIB er benn enblid) Dor mir ftanb, 
fagte er, ba£ e3 it>n freue, mid) fo mnnter gn fefjen, nnb baj$ er fd)on 
oft mit SSergnitgen, Don feinem genfter (au§) mein Spiel beobad)- 
ttt, nnb ba§felbe 6 ) bei fid) belobt fyabe. 

i) take. 2) better. 3) as in duty bound. 4) obeisance. 5) possibly* 6) it. 



Twenty Fourth Lesson. 

38. 

As soon as T am allowed to go out, I shall call on you. If 
will give 1 ) me joy to see you at my house 2 . How doeo your 
boy get along 3 ) at (in ber) school. Quite well ; he learns (how) 
to read very easily, and his sister teaches him (how) to write. 
Why do you remain standing here ? I see Henry coming and 
will wait for (ailf) him. Where will you then go? We intend 
to go to the theater. Have you heard the new prima donna 
sing yet? Yes, and I hope to hear her often yet. Yes, I 
like to hear but not to see her. Her voice is good, but her 
playing does not please me. This distorting of the eyes and 



— 52 — 

this wringing of the hands are exaggerated ; her sobbing is un- 
natural, her smile forced ; and she seems not capable of assum- 
ing a natural position. You are always inclined to criticise ; 
but you ought also to learn (how) to be just. Her playing is 
not faultless ; but we (man) must not require, to see everything 
combined in one person. For him who desires it, it is not diffi- 
cult, to find faults even in the greatest artist. 

a. The infinitive with and without 311. [P. II. § 10.] 

b. The infinitive as noun. [P. II. § 10.] 

call on . . befudjen capable im 8tcmbe 

joy bie f^reitbe assume annefymen 

school bte (Sdjltle natural natftrlid) 

Henry §einrid) inclined (jcncigt 

wait marten criticise frttifiren 

where ft) 1) in ought to follte (Imperf.) 

intend Dorfyaben just bllltQ 

theater b(*6 Sweater faultless fel)lerfret 

prima donna bte *Primct ©Otttta require uerlangen 

voice bte Stimme everything alle§ 

playing bag ©ptel combine Derehtigett 

distort. Derbrefyen person bie s $erfon 

sob fd)tud)3en desire ttmnfdjen 

unnatural umtatttrlid) difficult fd)tt)er. 

smile Icidjeln 

Reading Lesson XXII. 

StefeS Sob a\\8 fo unparteiifdjem SKunbe macfyte mid) ntd)t 
tuenig ftolj; e§ fd)lo£ and) gugleid) mem §erj gegen iljn auf, unb 
aU fidt) im ©efprcid)e bte ©elegenfyeit barbot, fonnte id) nid)t urn- 
I)in, x ) tljm meinen Summer i'tbcr bie ©ebred)lid)feit meines Cieb- 
HngS gu eroffnen. $aum tjatte er fid) Don biefem Umftanbe fiber- 
geugt, fo (when) fanb ba§ SWitleib (Singang bei iljm, unb er gab 
mir ben Sluftrag, beim $itttner einen Dteif unb einen ©tab bagtt 
auf fcine Stemming ju beftellen, $or greube unb (Srftaunen fonnte 
id) feinen Slbfd)iebSgruj3 faum ermibern. Slttd) tjatte bag ©tattnen 
meiner tameraben nid)t grower fein fonnen, menu ber $6nig mit 
mir gefprodjen unb mid) mit feiner ©nabe itberfyauft 2 ) ptte. 
3m Dollen ©alopp rarinte id) nun jum Sftttner, mad)te tk SBeftel- 



— 53 — 

lung unb fefyrte ftolj gu bm anbertt gurM. gitr biefen Sl6enb 
mufete freiltd) ber int)alibe Sleif nod) Ijerfjalten 3 ). Slbet fdjon am 
ncidjften Slbenb ttmrbe er in etnen SBinfel gemorfen — Unbanf ift 
ber SSelt Soljn — unb ber neue geljolt. 

9#ein ©r[te§ 4 ) mar nun natitrlid), biefeg neue Slaf auf bem ge- 
tnofynlidjen gelbe — nid)t ber ©fyre, aber bod) ber greube, t)er- 
umgutummeln 5 ). Wit aHer ©eroanbtljeit unb ©rajie parabirte 
id) bor bem genfter be§ alten biefen $erm $auptmann8, unb er- 
freute mid) abermalS etneS freunblidjen @ru£e§. 

@r(t [pat fefyrte id) nad) §au[c guritcf, unb ber ©ebanfe an mem 
©liicf tarn nid)t au8 metnem Sinne, bi§ ber ©d)laf mid) in fetner 
©eroalt fyatk, unb neue fitxbifdtje £raumbtlber midj umgauWten. 

1) I could not but. 2) to heap upon. Z) serve. 4) the first thing. 5) to dance 
about (transit.). 



» • ♦ • ♦ 



PART SECOND. 



GRAMMATICAL RULES AND PARADIGMS. 



Chap. I. 



The Article. 
2 1, a) THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, 





Singular. 


Plural* 




Masc, - Femin. 


Neuter, All three genders, 


Nom. 


ber bie 


ba$ bie the 


Gen. 


be§ ber 


be§ ber of the 


Dat. 


bem ber 


bem ben to the 


Ace. 


ben bie 


bag bie the. 




2 2, b) THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 




Masc* 


Femin, Neuter, 




Nom. ein 


eine ein a 




Gen. eineg 


einer eine§ of a 




Dat. einem 


einer einem to a 




Ace. einen 


eine ein a. 



Chap. II. 

?3. DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 

The following table exhibits the therminations of the four 
declensions of nouns ; below which is stated what kind of nouns 
belong to the several declensions, and also, where the vowels a, 
0, It, ait are in plural to be changed to their respective Umlauts. 

57 



58 — 



Umlaut 

in 
Plural. 



§ 






Neut. Fern. Masc. t>OO^A t>bO^ 

"* O O P CD O 

B ?' rt ?B 



r p 



|B B 

CO >-»• 

• P 

CD 



g B 

S3 S 
,rt; cd 



fefll 

p B 31 fr- 



B'g 
era g 

•3. ►— * 

-i** CO 



- P* 

as 



o 

Si 1 1 1 i 

a S3 



1 I 



I I 



» CM 

CO - 



^a 



O-i o 
P 1=1 

S3 CD 

3*° 



3 

O 
P 
CD 



« CD 

-SB 
I'g 

B^ 

^ P 



<*^ <^ <"^ <^> 

«-$ r-t «t «-< 
S3 



?«g 



CD 

co 



S® 



3<p2 ts P3 

^ ft 3> g. 

s:g.s & 

S3 5 g P 

£^B" 



O 

• P p 
,g/3* 

<2 «-* 






O Pi 

CO >* 
v* CD 

§ I 

Qu p 

p'os 

P o 



'1 



3 
o 
p 

CD 



■2 5 5? 

J3" _.. CD «^j 

T?S3 P ^ 

iz! - BiB 

o n » p o 

g »S* ( * 8 

• P CO 

scr P *^ 
2. <^ pi 



t> t>CQ 

f ~B 

^ CD CD 

§ Is 

& p 2 
B'<» g I, 



S3 S3 






X S3 



S3 S3 S3 S3 S3 



I: 

CD - 
CO 



— 59 — 

54 REMARKS. 

1. The preceding table shows the following facts : 

a. The genitive and accusative plural are always like the 
nominative plural. 

b. The dative plural always ends in n. 

c. No feminine noun belongs to the second, and only two 
to the third declension. 

d. No neuter noun belongs to the fourth declension. 

e. All masculine and feminine nouns in e belong to the 
fourth declension (eomp. 9). 

f. No noun of the fourth declension takes the Umlaut in 
the plural. 

2. The first three declensions form, what is called the Strong 
or Old, the fourth, what is called the Weak or New de- 
clension. 

3. A few masculine and neuter nouns form the singular by 
the first, the plural by the fourth declension, as^ber ©taat 
{the state), ha @tral)l (the ray), bag £)l)r (the ear), bag 
Slitge (the eye), &c. This is also called the Mixed declen- 
sion. 

4. Feminines take the terminations of inflections only in the 

plural. No feminine changes in the singular. 

5. Nouns of the first or second declension, ending in sibilants 
(g, % ft, fd), g), add in the genitive always eg, as beg $ail- 
[eg, Sranjeg (of the house, wreath) ; others, if monosyllables, 
add in select language eg, as beg ©ofyneS (of the son), in 
easy style g, beg ©ofyttg J if polysyllables, they add only g, 
beg fotligg, Srrttjltmg (of the king, error). 

6. The termination )al in the first declension does not take 
the Umlaut in the plural, but the termination 1 1) lint in the 
second declension does, bie 3ieidjtl)umer, S5iet[)umer (the 

riches, bishoprics). 

7. In the third declension, nouns terminating in n do not 
take an additional n in the dative plural. 



— 60 — 

8. Expressions of a trade or calling in the third declension, 
as ©d) lifter (shoemaker), tyRaltV (painter), &c, do not take 
the Umlaut in the plural. 

9. To the third declension belongs bet Safe (the cheese, form- 
erly Sa3, inflected by the first declension) ; also the nouns 

griebett (peace), gunfen (spark), ©ebanfen (thought), 
©lauben (believe), §aufen (heap), 9lamen (name), ©amen 

(seed), 6d)aben (damage), SSillen (will). 

These nouns are now frequently used with the nomina- 
tive-termination e instead of en, but the latter is preferable. 

10. To the third declension belong all diminutive nouns. These 
are formed by adding the syllables cfyen or leitt to the 
original noun, as Spferb d) e tt (little horse), Sfcifd) I e i It 
(small table). The radical vowels a, 0, 11, ail are changed 
to their respective Umlauts, as @acfd)ett (little sack), ©6l)tl« 
kill (little son), §utd)ett (little hat), $ail§d)ett (little house). 

11. In the fourth declension nouns in e, er, at, el add only n, 
be§ Stabett, $>aitem, 9Tad)bam (of the raven, peasant, neigh- 
bor), bie SWattbellt (the almonds). 

12. Feminine nouns can be formed from corresponding mas- 
culines, by adding the syllable in : t>CX §itvft, (the prince), 
bie ^Itrftitt (the princess). If the masculine has the vowel 

d, 0, 11 or ail, the feminine takes the Umlaut, bet ©raf (the 
count), bie ©rcifin (the countess) ; if the masculine ends in 

e, this is dropped in the feminine, bet £6lt)e (the lion), bie 
Sotuitt (the lioness). These feminines double this tt in the 

plural, as bie guirftinnen. 

13. Expressions of measure, weight and quantity retain the 
form of the singular after numerals, as btei §llj* lailQ (three 
feet long). Excepted are the feminine nouns in e, as bie 

©lie (yard), 3)?eile (mile) which take the n of the plural. 
If quantities of materials are given, the names of the ma- 
terials do not take the genitive-termination, as bier 3J?a$ 



— 61 — 

SSaffct {four gallons of water) , fedjg SpfiUtb Suifet (six 
pounds of sugar) . 







Paradigms. 








\ 5. FIRST DECLENSION. 








1. 


2. 


3. 


Sing, 


Nom. 


ber ©ol)tt 


bte 9to$t 


bag £l)or 






{the son) 


(the night) 


(£Ae #a£e) 




Gen. 


beg Sofyn c g 


ber 9lad)t 


beg £f)or e § 




Dat. 


bem ©oljn e 


ber 9?ad)t 


bem £l)or e 




Ace. 


ben ©oljn 


bie 9?ad)t 


bag Sttjor 


Plur. 


Nom. 


bie ©ol)n e 


bte 9?dd)t e 


bte Sljor e 




Gen. 


ber ©Sl)n e 


ber 9Md)t e 


ber £f)ore 




Dat. 


ben (Soijn e n 


ben 9Zad)t e n 


ben Sfyor e n 




Ace. 


bte @ot)n e 


bte SWdjt e 


bte £l)or e 



ber §unb (the dog), beg §nnbeg, bie $unbe; ber $6nig (*Ae king), 
beg ionigg, bie Sonige; bie ^enntnif* (the knowledge), bte Sennt- 
niffe; bie Jritbfal (the trouble), bie £ritbfale; bag ©ebidjt (the 
poem), beg ©ebidjteg, bie ©ebtdjte. 

§6. SECOND DECLENSION. 

4. 5. 

Sing. Nom. ber 9)?artn (the man) bag ®orf (*7*e village) 
Gen. beg 9ttann e g beg ®orf e g 

Dat. bem 8J?atm e bem ©orf e 

Ace. \m\ SOfrmn bag ®orf 

PZw. Nom. bie 9)?ann e r bie ®6rf e r 

Gen. ber 9Wann e r ber ©6rf e r 

Dat. im 9)f cinn em ben ®5rf em 

Ace. bie SSftdnn e r bie ©orf e r 

ber 3rrtt)ttm (the error), beg Srrtljitmg, bie 3rrtl)ftmer; bag ©e- 

fpenft (the spectre), beg ©efpenfteg, bie ©efpenfter. 

I 7. THIRD DECLENSION, 

6. 
Sing. Nom. ber SSogel 

Gen. beg SJofld g 
Dat. bem 2>ogel 
Ace. ben SSogel 



7. 


8. 


bie Gutter 


bag SBappen 


(the mother) 


(the weapon) 


ber gutter 


beg SBappen g 


ber SJhttter 


bem SBappcn 


bie Gutter 


bag SBappen 



— 62 — 

Plur. Nom. tic Sogcl bie Gutter bic SBappen 

Gen. ber &5gel ber Swifter ber SBappen 

Dat. ben Sogel n ben 9#iitter n ben SBappcn 
Ace. bte S^ogel bic Gutter Uz SBappen 

ber SBagen (the wagon), be3 SBagenS, bie SBagen; ber SWalcr (<Ae 
painter), be$ 9Maler8, bie JDctifer; bic Softer (the daughter), bic 
£6d)ter; ba8 ©ebriiibe (£/ie building), beS ©ebciitbeS, bic ©ebaitbe; 
-ba§ Sff'abc&en (the girl), be§ 2Kabd)cn8, bic 9#abd)en. 

§ 8. FOURTH DECLENSION. 

9. 10. 11. 12. 

Sing. Nom. ber ©raf ber Waiter bic grew bic ©abel 

(the count) {the peasant) (the woman) (the fork) 

Gen. beS ©rafen be§ ©alter n ber gran ber ©abel 
Dat. bem ©raf e n bem Saltern ber gran ber ©abet 
Ace. ben©rafen ben Saner n bie gran bic ©abel. 

Plur. Nom. Die ©raf en bic ©ancr n bic gran en bic ©abel n 
Gen. ber ©raf en berSanern ber^ranen ber ©abeln 
Dat. ben ©raf en ben Salter n ben yranett ben ©abeln 
Ace. bie ©raf en bie Saltern biegranen bie ©abeln. 
ber Stabe (the raven), be§ Staben, bic s Jtabcn; ber 9tad)bar (the 
neighbor), beS 9tad)barn, bte 9tad)barn ; bic $crrfd)aft (the domi- 
nion), bic ^errfefyaften ; bie ©djroefter (the sister), bie ©cfytneftern. 

I 9. MIXED DECLENSION (J 4, 3). 



13. 




14. 


Sing. Nom. ber ©taat (the 


state) 


ba§ Ol)r (*Ae ear) 


Gen. be§ ©taat c 8 




beS CljreS 


Dat. bem ©taat c 




bem Cl)r c 


Ace. \)m ©taat 




ba§ 9l)r. 


Plur. Nom. bie ©taat e n 




bic Otjrcn 


Gen. ber ©taat c n 




ber C!jr e n 


Dat. ben ©taat e n 




ben O'jr c n 


Ace. bic ©taat c n 




bic SDljr c n 


ber ©tra|l (the ray), beS ©tral)le3, bic ©tral)len; t>a$ Slitgc (^e 


eye), be$ 2lugc8, bic Slugen. 







— 63 — 

Chap. III. 

The Verb. 
A. Rules and Remarks. 

1 10. SOME GENERAL REMARKS. 

All German Verbs form the present infinitive by adding etl 
to the root; maktt (to paint), fd)lagen (to strike). Excep- 
tions : 

The following verbs elide the C of the infinitive and add 
only n, namely 

a) the verbs feitl (to he) and t[)ltn (to do) ; 

b) all verbs whose roots have the final syllables t\, tt, 
fyanbeln (to act), gaubern (to hesitate). 

Note. As. in English, so in German, the auxiliary verbs of 
mood (v. g 11) and a few other verbs, namely fefyett (to see), 
tyoren (to hear), Met&en (to remain), tyeigen (to bid), fyelfen (to 
help), lefyren (to teach), leritcn (to learn), are followed by the 
infinitive without ju (to): idfj fefye ifytt gefyett (I see him go). All 
other verbs require gu before a following infinitive: icfy Der* 
fucfyte ju fprecfyett (I attempted to speak). 
The present participle is formed by adding fc^to the infini- 
tive, malenb, fdjlagcnb, fjanbelnb. The verbs fein and tljun 
accept here again the e which they throw off in the infini- 
tive, fetenb, tfynenb. 

Notes, a) In German, the present participle is very little used, 
except as adjective. Expressions like these: "I 
am going, you were reading" are rendered by the 
indicative, as if they read: "I go, you read", 
b) If the action or condition, expressed by a verb, is to 
be stated as (abstract) noun, the German language 
uses the infinitive with the article of the neuter 
gender: bas ©djtoimmett ifl cine gefunbe SBcwegung 
(swimming is a healthy exercise.) 

In the terminations of inflection eft and tt, the t may be 
elided, whenever euphony does not prevent it ; bit Itebeft 
(thou lovest), er Itebet (he loves) and bit liebft, er lieut. But 
in the present subjunctive it is preferable to retain it, bil (o* 



— 64 — 

beft (thou praisest), ifyr faget (you say). Verbs with the 
final syllable el or et drop the e of this syllable, when the 
termination of inflection is e, as id) f)anble, gaitbre. But 
when the termination is eft, et or en, the e of this syllable 
of inflection is elided, bit fyanbelft, er tMttbett (he wanders), 

ttrir gaubern. 

1 11. SYSTEM OF CONJUGATIONS. 

The regular verbs may for practical purposes best be arranged 
in five conjugations, the first of which is also called the new or 
weak conjugation, while the four remaining ones form, what is 
called the old or strong conjugation. 

The number of verbs belonging to the weak conjugation is 
almost ten times as large, as that of the strong. But the latter 
contains principally those verbs which are most commonly used 
in daily life. 

The auxiliary verbs fyabett (to have), feitl (to be) and tDCrbett 
(to become, to be), also the auxiliary verbs of mood: id) faxiM 
(I can), id) batf (I am permitted to), id) TTtag (Hike to, I may), 
id) tttilf} (I must), id) foil (I shall) and id) mill (I will), and a few 
other verbs (v. § 26) are irregular. 

§ 12. WEAK CONJUGATION (I). 

The verbs of this conjugation have the following character- 
istics : 

1. They retain their radical vowel through all their forms 
unaltered: id) lobe (I praise), bit lobft, id) lobte, fjelobt 

2. They form the imperfect tense by adding te or, when euph- 
ony requires it, ete to the root : loben, id) lobte, reben (to 
speak), id) rebete. 

3. In the perfect participle besides prefixing the augment ge 
(v. § 14), they add t or et to the root : gelobt, getebct. 

i 13. STRONG CONJUGATION (II. III. IV. V.). 

The verbs of these four conjugations have the characteristic 
that they form the different parts of the verb not only by termin- 



— 65 — . 

ations, but also by means of the "Ablaut" i. e. by changing the 
radical vowel to another pure rowel. 

1. Their imperfect tense has always a different vowel from that 
of the infinitive (and this "Ablaut" of the imperfect tense 
determines the conjugation) ; the first person singular adds 

nothing to the root: ftngen (to sing), icfy fang; fallen (to 
fall), id) fid; fliegen (to fly), id) flog. 

2. The perfect participle, besides prefixing the augment ge 
(v. § 14) adds ett to the root and takes a) in some verbs 
a vowel differing from that of the infinitive as well as from 

that of the imperfect tense ; fingen, id) fang, gefungcn; fter- 
ben (to die) id) ftarb, geftovben; b) in some, the same vowel 
as in the imperfect tense ; teiten (to ride), id) ritt, geritten; 
flicgen, id) flog, geflogen; c) in some, again the radical vowel 

of the infinitive; geben (to give), id) gab, gegeben; tragen 
(to bear), id) ttug, getragen. 

3. Most verbs of this conjugation which have the radical vowel 
e, take in the second and third person singular of the pre- 
sent indicative, and in the second person singular of the 
imperative the Ablaut i or ie : fted)en (to sting), bit ftid)ft, 
er ftid)t, ftid); fetjen (to see), bit fiefyft, er fiet)t, fiel). 

The imperative singular of these verbs takes no termin- 
ation : gib, ftid). All other verbs (strong as well as weak) 
take the termination e : fd)reibe (write), ttage, which term- 
ination may however be dropped : fdjreib, trag. 

4. Most of those which have a radical vowel, capable of an 
Umlaut, take this Umlaut in the second and third person 
singular of the present indicative: fd)lagen (to beat), bu 
fcfylcigft, er fd)lagt; ftojten. (to thrust), bit ftofeft, er ftofct; fait- 
fen (to drink), bit ftiufft, er fanft. 

5. All of those which take in the imperfect tense an Ablaut, 
capable of an Umlaut, take this Umlaut in the subjunctive 
mood of the imperfect tense : id) gab (I gave), id) gcibe; 
id) ftofl (tfl™)) id) pgej id) trng (I bore), id) trftge. 



— 66 — 

$ 11 THE AUGMENT OF THE PERFECT PARTICIPLE. 

In §§ 12 & 13 it has been shown, wherein the verbs of the 
strong conjugation differ from those of the weak, in regard to 
the formation of the perfect participle. Bat they all agree, in 
prefixing in this participle the syllable ge, which is called the 
u Augment", to the root of the verb : lebett, to live, gelebt; tcfen, 
to read, gelefen; (terben, geftorben. 

Exceptions from this rule are, on account of euphony, such 
verbs as begin with an unaccented syllable, viz : 

1. All verbs of foreign origin with the ending irett or tetett 
(which have the accent on ihisi) : ftubtrett, to study, flu- 
birt ; regterett, to rule, regtert ; not gejtubirt, geregtert 

2. All verbs beginning with the inseparable and unaccented 
prefixes be, tmp, ent, er, flc, t>er, get and mtfji (when 
this is unaccented) : beftraft, punished, entlctufett, run 
away, nerloren, lost, miBhmgen, failed. 

3. All verbs with the prefixes fcurd), Winter, iiber, urn, 
unter and Doff, when these prefixes are inseparable 
in which case they do not have the accent : bltrd)brungett, 
convinced, umgcutgcn, avoided, boUbrad)t, accomplished. 
(More of these in § 15.) 

4. The verb toerbett also throws off the augment ge, when 
preceded by another perfect participle i. e. when applied as 
auxiliary verb for the passive voice, in the perfect, pluper- 
fect and perfect future tenses : id) but gefd)lageit inorbett, I 
have been beaten. 

| 15. SEPARABLE AND INSEPARABLE PREFIXES. 

A prefix of a verb is separable, if the accent lies on it, but 
inseparable, if the accent lies on the primitive verb. Therefore 
are : 

1. Separable the prepositions and adverbs ab, art, anf, a\l$ f 
bet, bar, em, fort, Ijer, fyin (and their compounds Ijerab, fyin- 
auf, ehtljer, umljttt *c), tnit, nad), nieber, ob, Dor, meg, gu, 
juriicf, jufcmtmen. 



— 67 — 

2. Inseparable the prefixed syllables be, emp, ent, er, ge, UCt f 
ger and mif} ; and the preposition tt)tbet\ 

3. Sometimes separable, sometimes inseparable, according as 
they have or have not the accent, the prepositions and ad- 
verbs burd), tjtnter, fiber, nm, tmter, DoU and roicbcr. 

3 16. TERMINATIONS OF THE SIMPLE FORMS. 



PRESENT TENSE. (Weak & Strong.) 



Indie. SuJbjunct. 


Jwiperai. 


Jnftn. Partic. 


Sing. 1. prs. — e — t 

% „ -eft, ft -eft 
3. „ — et, t — e 


— e,— 


—en — enb 


Plur. 1. „ — en — en 

2. „ -d,t -et, 

3. „ —en —en 


— et, t 




IMPERFECT TENSE. 




PERFECT PARTICIPLE 


Weak. Strong. 


Weak. Strong. 


Indicat. & Subjunct. Indicat. & Subjunct. 




Sing. 1. prs. — etc, te — 

2. „ — ete(t,teft —eft, ft 

3. „ — ete, te — 


-eft, ft 

— e 


ge— et, t; ge— en. 


Plur. 1. „ — eten,ten — en 

2. „ —tkt f kt — et, t 

3. „ — eten,ten — en 


—en 

-et,t 

—en 





§ 17. ABLAUT OF THE STRONG CONJUGATION. 





Pres t Infinit. 


Imperf, 


Per/. Part. 


II. Conjug. 


1st Class et, i, te 


a 


e 




2d „ e, i (ci, 5) 









3d „ { 




u 


in. „ 


1st „ ei 


t, te 


t 




2d „ ei 




ie 




3d „ a, o, it, au 




like infiait 


IV. „ 


a, e, t, te, a, 5, it, an 








v. „ 


a 


u 


a 



— 68 — 
SECOND CONJUGATION. 



§ 18. FIRST CLASS, 



Sec, pers. pres. ind^ 

iffeft (i&t) 



Infinitive. 

a. ©ffento eat (of 
men) 

freffcn, to eat (oflfriffeft (friBt) 
animals) 
geben, give 
gefd)et)en, happen 
lefetl, read 
tneffeit/ measure 
fcljen, see 
treten, tread 
Dcrflcffcn, forget 

b. bitten, beg, bat, gebeten 
liegen, lie, lag, gelegen 
jffren, sit, fajs, gefeffen 



Jmperat, 

gib (gieb) 



Imperf. 

frafl 



gibft (giebft) gib (gieb) gab gegeben 

gefd)iel)t(3dpers.) gefdja^ gefdjeljen 

liefeft (lieft) -Hc8 lag gelefen 

mtffeft (mijst) mip ma£ gemeffen 

fieljft ftel) faf) gefefyen 

tvtttft, tritt trat getreten 

Dergiffeft (bergifctyuergip tiergafc betgeffen 

Little used is : 

genefen, recover from illness, ge- 
na§, genefen. 



Past part, 

gegeffen 
gefreffen 



219, SECOND CLASS. 



a. SBeginnen, to begin, Imperf. 
In the same way : 

geminnen, win 
rinnen, flow 
fdjmimmen, swim 



jann, Past. part, begonnen. 



b.befeljlen, to com 

mand 

bergen, hide 
berften, burst 
brecfyen, break 
emp|et)[en,recom- 

mend 
erfcfytedfen, be 

frightened 
gebciren, bear 

(child) 

gclten, be worth 
l)elfen, help 
nefymen, take 



befiefylft 

birgft 

-*) 

orid)ft 
empfiet)lft 

erfdjtidfft 

gebierft 

flilti 
l)iif(t 
nimmft 



finnen, reflect 
fpinnen, spin 
fommen, come. 

beftefyl bcfatjl 



btrg 

bridf) 
empfie^l 

erfd^rtdf 

gebier 



ilf 
nimm 



batg 
barft 
brad) 
empfal)! 

erfdjraf 

gebat 

gait 

nafym 



befoljlen 

geborgen 
geborften 
gebrocfyen 
emp[ol)len 

erfcfytocfen 

geboren 

gegolten 
gel)olferi 
genommen 



*) A dash ( — ) indicates a regular formation. 



— 69 



Infinitive, 

fd)cftcn, scold 
fpredjen, speak 
ftedjen, sting 
fteljlen, steal 
fterben, die 
treffen, hit 
Derberben, spoil 
merfaen, engage 
(woo) 
tuerfen, throw 



Sec.pers. pres, ind. 

WW 

lprid)|t 

l'tid)ft 

l"tiet)lft 

ftirbft 

trifffi 

tierbirbft 

mtrbft 

tturfft 



Imperat. 


Imperf. 





fdjctlt 


jpttd) 


(prad) 


ftid) 


[tad) 


|ttet)l 


mi 


ftirb 


ftarb 


trtff 


iraf 


uerbtrb 


Dcrbarb 


rotrb 


roarb 


tDtrf 


roarf 



Past part. 

ge[d) often 
gefprodjen 
fleftod)en 
geftot)Ien 

geftotben 
getroffen 
oerborben 
geroorben 

geiuorfen. 



I 20. THIRD CLASS. 
SBtnbcn, to bind, Imp. bemb, P. p. gebltnbett. In the same way : 

bringen, urge fdjlingen, sling fprtngen, spring 

finbert, find fd)it)inben, decrease ftinfen, stink 

gelingen, succeed fdjttmtgen, swing trtnfcn, drink 

fiingen, sound fingen, sing tuinben, wind 

tingen, wring finfen, sink gmtngen, force. 

THIRD CONJUGATION. 
\ 21; FIRST CLASS. 

©retfen, to gripe, grasp, Imperf. griff, P. p. gcgriffen. In the 
same way : 

befleijkn([id)),endea- [etben, suffer (fitt) [cfymeijkn, fling 

vor pfeifen, whistle (pipe) |d)neiben, cut 

beifkn, bite retpen, tear fdireiten, stride 

erbletd)en, grow pale retten, ride fpleiBen, split 

gleicfyen, resemble fd)[etd)en r sneak ftreidjen, stroke 

gletten, slide fd)lei[en, grind ftceiten, combat 

fnctfen, pinch fdjletfkn, slit rueicfyen, yield. 

| 22. SECOND CLASS. 

58lcibcn, to remain, Imp. blteb, P. p. geblteben. In the same 
way : 

gebeifyen, prosper ptetfen, praise fdjemen, seem (shine) 

leit)en, lend reiben rub fd)retbett, write 

mciben, avoid fdjeiben, part [djreien, cry 



— 70 



fdjitmgett, be silent 
fpeien, spit 



Infinitive. 

93tafen, to blow 
braten, roast 
fallen, fall 
fangen, catch 
batten, hold 
bangen, hang(intrs.) 
laffen, let (leave) 
laufen, run 
tatfjetl, advise 
rufen, call 
fdjlafen, sleep 
ftojkn, thrust 



Imperat, 



fteigen, ascend 
treiben, drive 

I 23. THIRD CLASS. 



Sec, pers. pres, ind. 

blfifeft (bidft) 

btcttft (brateft) 

ffillft 

fangft 

fjaltft 

[)dngft 

laffeft (lafrt) 

(dufft 

ratljft (ratfjeft) 

tufft 

wmt 

ftoficft wit) 



roetfen, show 

geiljen, charge (accuse) 



Imperf, Past part. 

bliti geblafen 

brtet gebraten 

fiel gefallen 

fing gefangen 

t)ielt gefyalten 

tying gebangen 

liejj gelaffen 

lief gclaufen 

rtetl) getattjen 

rief gerufen 

fdjlief cjefdjlafen 

ftiejj Igeftopen. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



§24. 



a. ©refefyen, to thrash lbrifdjeft 



fedjten, fight 

fled)ten, plait 

melfen, milk 

quellen, spring 

fdjeren, shear 

fd)mel^en / melt(int.; 

fdjroellen, swell 

erlojdjen, be extin- 
guished 

fctltfen, drink (of 
animals) 

b. Semegen, to induce, Imp. bemog j 



P«tft 

flid)t(t 

milfft 

quillft 

fdjierft 

fdjmilgcft 

fct)roiUft 

etlifdjeft 

ftafft 



brifefj 


brofd) 


fid)t 


fodjt 


flidjt 


f!od)t 




molf 


quill 


quoll 


fdjicr 


fdjor 


f*mtlj 


fcbmolj 


fdjroiH 


fdjrooll 


erli(d) 


erlofd) 


— 


(off 



gebtofefyen 

gefod)tcn 

geflocfyen 

gemolfen 

gequollen 

gefefyoren 

gefcbmoljen 

gefdjroollen 

erlofdjen 

gefoffen. 



way : 

Ijeben, lift 

pflcgen, be in the hab- 
it of 
Weben, weave 
gltmmen, glimmer 

flimmen, climb 



P. p. beiDogen. In the same 

biegen, bend gentejkn, enjoy 

bieten, offer giejkn, pour 

fliegen, fly friecfyen, creep 

flietjen, flee tiedjen, smell 

flte^en, flow fdjieben, push (shove) 

frteven, freeze f deepen, shoot 



— 71 — 



(djltejkn, lock (shut) 
fieben (fott), boil 
fpriejien, sprout . 
fttebcn, be scattered 
trtefen (troff), drip 
Derbriefkn, vex 



tierlteren, lose 
roiegen, weigh 

gteljcn, draw, pull 
erfuren, elect 
lltgen, lie (falsehood) 
triigen, deceive 



flatten, ferment 
jd) tUprett, fester 

roagcn, weigh 
fcljrooren, swear 
fcutgen, suck 
fd)tiauben, snort. 



FIFTH CONJUGATION. 
§25. 

Infinitive. 

93acFen, to bake 
fasten, ride (in a 
vehicle) 

graben, dig 
laben, load 
mal)len, grind(corn) 
fdjaffcn, create 
fdjlagen, strike 
tragen, bear, carry 
toadjfen, grow 
roafcfyen, wash 

Note, All simple verbs belonging to these four (strong) conjuga- 
tions are contained in our list. Compound verbs are inflected like 
the simple verbs from which they are derived : 

erftnbett, to invent, erfanb, erfunbcn — like ftnben, 
umge^en, avoid, untying, um$angen — like $e§etu 



Sec.pers.prts. ind. 


Imperat. 


lmperf. 


Past. part. 


bacfft 





bntf 


gebacfen 


fS&rft 





fu&r 


gefa^ren 


grabft 





grnb 


gegraben 


— 





lub 


gelaben 


— 





— 


gemal)Ien 


— 





Wttf . 


gefd)affen 


mm 





fdjlug 


gestagen 


tragft 





trufl 


getragen 


roaajfeft 


— 


tmtcfyg 


gemad)(en 


rt)a(d)eft 





fettf^ 


geroafdjen. 



i 26, IRREGULAR VERBS, 



Infinitive. 

a. brennen, to burn 
fennen, to know 
nennen, to name 
rennen, to run 
fenben, to send 

tuenben, to turn (intrans.) 
bringen, to bring 
benfen, to think 

b. ge()en, to go 
fteljen, to stand 
ttjitn, to do 



r lmperf. 

' brcmnte 
■ t annte 
•ttcmnte 
rannte 
janbte 
roanbte 
bradjte 
badjte 
fling 
ftanb 
tfjat 



Per/. Partic. 

gebrannt 

gefannt 

gcnannt 

gerannt 

gefanbt 

gemanbt 

gebrad}t 

gebadjt 

gegangen 

geftcmben 

getfyan. 



— 72 — 

c. Ijaben, fern, toerben — the auxiliary verbs ' 
of tenses ; 

fonnen, burfen, mogen, miiffen, fallen, mol- > see paradigms 
len — auxiliary verbs of mood ; 
ttriffett, to know ; 

COMPOUND TENSES. 

These are formed by means of the auxiliary verbs [)aben, fein, 
toerben. 

§27. 

1. a. Spdb ttl f to have and fettt to be, are used to form the 
perfect, pluperfect and past infinitive, by combining with 
the past participle : 

id} I)abe gefyort, I have heard, id) l)cttte gefyort, gctjort 

Ijaben ; 

id) bin gegattgen, I have gone, id? ttmr gegattgen, ge* 
gangen fetft. 
b. SSetben is used to form 1) the future tenses and the 
conditional by combining with the present and past in- 
finitive : id) rcerbe fcljen, I shall see, id) tuerbe gcfeljen 
fyaben; id) tuiirbe fel)en, I would see, id) ttmrbe gefeljen 
l)Ctben. 2) The whole passive voice, by combining with 
the past participle of the principle verb : id) luetbc ge> 

fefyen, I am seen, id) bin gefetjen roorben, id) roerbe gefeljeu 
tuerben jc. 

§28. 

2. The perfect tenses are formed i 

a. with fyabtti in all transitive, reflexive and impersonal 
verbs and (with few exceptions) in those intransitive 
verbs which govern the genitive or dative : id) [)abe gc* 
f unbett, I have found ; id) l)abe mid) gefreut, I was glad 
(enjoyed myself) ; c8 l)at gcrCQUCt, it has rained ; id) t)CU)C 

feiner gefdjont, I have spared him ; id) l)abe il)m gebanft, 
I have thanked him. 



— 73 — 



b. with fcin in all other intransitive verbs, especially those 
which express change of place or condition : id) bin QC- 

gangen, I have gone ; id) bin gemacbfen, I have grown. 
B. Paradigms of Conjugation. 

I 29, THE AUXILIARY VERB fcafcctt, to have. 



Infinitive. 

Pres. baben 
Past, gebabt Ijaben 


Participle. 

Pres. babenb 
Past, gebabt. 


Indicative. Subjunctive. 

PRESENT. 

3d) b^be ; bu baft, er l)at, 3d) babe, bu fyabeft, er {jabe, 
ttrir l)aben, it)r babt, fie baben. ttrir baben, i|r l)abet, fie fyaben. 


IMPERFECT. 


3d) batte, bu Ijatteft, er Ijatte, 
roir fatten, ifyr fyattet, fie fatten. 


3d) fyattz, bu batteft, er Ijatte, 
ttrir batten, ibr ()&ttet, fie [fatten 


PERFECT. 


Scb^abe 1 
bu baft 
er bat 
ttrir baben 
ibr babt 
fie fjaben , 


-gebabt. 


3d; fyabe > 
bu babeft 
er babe 
ttrir baben 
ibr babet 
fie Ijaben ; 


-gebabt 


PLUPERFECT. 


3d) Ijatte >< 
bu batteft 
er batte 
ttrir tyatkn 
ibr i>attd 
fie batten 


►geljabt. 


3d) fjatte *} 
bu batteft 1 

il)r bcittet | 
fie batten J 


FUTURE. 


3d) merbe 
bu itrirft 
er ttrirb 
tt)ir merben 
il)r merbet 
fie merben 


>i 


► djaben. 


3d) merbe 
bu merbeft 
er msrbe 
mir merben 
ifyr merbet 
fie merben 


s 


\ fyabzn. 



Indicative. 



3d) roerbe 
bit mtrft 
er mirb 
mir merben 
il)r merbet 
fie merben 



gefjabt I)aben 



geljabt Ijaben. 



Conditional. 



3d) mftrbe 
bu mftrbeft 
er mitrbe 
mir ttmrben 
iljr miirbet 
fie mtir ben 



Ijaben. 



Subjunctive. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

3d) roerbe 
bu mcrbcft 
er roerbe 
roir roerbcn 
tfyr roerbet 
fie roerben 

Past Conditional 

34) roftrbe 
bu rourbeft 
er tuurbc 
roir ttmrben 
il)r roitrbet 
fie ttmrben 

IMPERATIVE. 



gefjabt fyaben. 



Sing. 2d pers. babe 3d babe er (er fyabz) 

Plur. „ ^abet (babt) 3d tjaben fie. 

i 30. THE AUXILIARY VERB fein, to be. 



Pres. 
Past. 



Infinitive. 

fein 
geroefen fein 

Indicative. 



Pres. 

Past. 



Participle. 

feienb 
geroefen. 



Subjunctive. 



PRESENT. 



3d) bin, bu bift, er ift, 
SBir finb, iE)r feib, fie finb. 

3d) mar, bu roarft, er roar, 



3d) fei, bu feieft, er fei, 
roir feien, it)r feiet, fie feien. 



IMPERFECT. 



3d) mare, bu roareft, er mare, 
roir roaren, tijr roaret, fie roaren. roir roaren, ii)r roaret, fie roaren. 

PERFECT. 

3d) fei 
bit feieft 
er fei 
roir feien 
tjjr feiet 
fie feien 



3d) bin 
bu bift 
er ift 
roir finb 
il)r feib, 
fie finb 



geroefen. 



- gemefen. 



75 



Indicative. 



3d) mar 
bu marft 
erttmr 
mir maren 
ijjr maret 
fie maren 

3d) merbe 
bu mirft 
er mirb 
mir merben 
ipr merbet 
fie merben 

3d) merbe 
bu mirft 
er mirb 
ttrir merben 
ijjr merbet 
fie merben 



gemefen. 



fein. 



getDefen fein. 



Subjunctive. 

PLUPERFECT. 

3d) mare, 
bu mareft 
er mare 
mir maren 
il)r maret 
fie maren 

FUTURE. 

3d) merbe 
bu merbeft 
er merbe 
mir merben 
ifyx merbet 
fie merben 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

3d) merbe 

bu merbeft 

er merbe 

mir merben 

ij)r merbet 

fie merben 



gemefen. 



fein. 



gemefen fein. 



Conditional, 



Past Conditional. 



3d) mftrbe 
bu miirbeft 
er mitrbe 
mir mitrben 
tljr mitrbet 
fie mitrben 



fein. 



3d) mitrbe 
bu miirbeft 
er mitrbe 
mir mitrben 
iijr mitrbet 
fie mitrben 



IMPERATIVE. 



Sing. 2d pers. fei, 
Plur. „ feib, 



3d pers. 



gemefen fein. 



fei er (er fei) 
feien fie. 



§ 31. THE AUXILIARY VERB tDttbttt, (to become, to be, &c). 
Infinitive. Participle. 



Pres. 
Past. 



merben 
gemorben fein 



Pres. merbenb 
Past, gemorben. 



— 76 



Indicative. 



Subjunctive. 



PRESENT. 



3d) merbe, bn mirft, er ttrirb, 3d) merbe, bu merbeft, er merbe, 
mir merben, ii)t merbet, fie merben. mir merben, il)r merbet, fie merben. 



IMPERFECT. 



3$murbe,bumurbeft,ermurbe,*)3d) miirbe, bn miirbeft, er mitrbe, 
mirmurben,il)rmurbet,fie murben. mir murben, ifyrmitrbet, fiemiirben. 



Indicative. 



Subjunctive, 



3* bin 




3d) fei 


bn btft 




bu feieft 


er ift 
mir finb 


►gemorben. 


er fei 
mir feien 


tl)r feib 




iijr feiet 


fie finb 




fie feien 

PLUPERFECT. 


3d) mar 




3d) mare, 


bu marft 




bn mareft 


er mar 
mir maren 


► gemorben. 


er mare 
mir maren 


il)r mart 




iljr maret 


fie maren 




fie maren 

FUTURE. 


3d) merbe 




3d) merbe 


bu mirft 




bn merbeft 


er mirb 
mir merben 


► merben. 


er merbe 
mir merben 


if)r merbet 




il)r merbet 


fie merben 




fie merben 

FUTURE PERFECT. 


3d) merbe 




3d) merbe 


bu mirft 




bu merbeft 


er mirb 
mir merben 


gemorben 


fan cr raert)e 
,cm# mir merben 


il)r merbet 




il)r merbet 


fie merben 




fie merben 



gemorben. 



gettorben. 



merben. 



gemorben fein. 



*) Or {$ »art), t>u ttarfcfr, er ttarfc, only used in poetry and there only in the singula 



— 77 — 



Conditional 



Past Conditional 



3d) roitrbe 
bu ttmrbeft 
er m fir be 
rott miirben 
ibr mitrbet 
fie miirben 



merben. 



Sing. 2d pers. tnerbe, 
Plur. „ merbet, 



3d) ttmrbe 
bu ttmrbeft 
er ttmrbe 
tttir ttmrben 
if)r ttmrbet 
fie ttmrben 

IMPERATIVE, 



getoorben fein. 



3d pers 



95 



. berbe er (er roerbe) 
merben fie, 



§ 32, FIRST PARADIGM OF THE WEAK CONJUGATION, 
adding te and t» 

Infinitive. Participle. 

Pres. loben, to praise Pres. lobettb 

Past, gelobt baben Past, gelobt. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

PRESENT. 



3d) lobe, bit lobft, er lobt, 3d) lobe, bn Iobeft, er lobe, 
tDir loben, ifyx lobt, fie loben. roir loben, il)r lobet, fie loben 




IMPERFECT. 


3d) lobte, bu lobteft, er lobte, Like the indicative. 
mx lobten, ifyr lobtet, fie lobten. 




PERFECT. 


3d)M>e 1 
bu baft 




3d) babe > 
bu babeft 




er bat 
mx babeu 
ibr babt 
fie l)aben , 


► cjelobt. 


er babe 
mx baben 
ibr babet 
fie baben ; 


► gelobt 




PLUPERFECT. 


3d)f)atte 1 
bu batteft 
er batte 
mx batten 
ibr battel 
fie batten 4 


> gelobt. 


3d) batte ) 
bu batteft 
er l)dtte 
\ roir batten 
ibr battel 
fie fatten 4 


►gelobt. 



78 — 



Indicative. 



Subjunctive. 



FUTURE. 



3d) tuerbe 
bit roirft 
er mirb 
tDir merben 
it)t merbet 
fie merben 



loben. 



3d) merbe 
bit merbeft 
er merbe 
mir merben 
ijjr merbet 
fie merben 

FUTURE PERFECT. 



loben. 



3d) merbe 
bit luirft 

mtSerben f B eIoM * aBcn - 
it)r merbet | 
fie merben J 

Conditional. 

3d) mftrbe 
bu mitrbeft 
er mftrbe 
tuir mitrben 
iljr roi'trbet 
fie nmtbeti 



loben. 



3(f) merbe 
bu roerbeft 
er merbe 
ruir merben 
ifyr merbet 
fie merben 

Past Conditional. 

3d) ttiirbc 
bu mitrbeft 
er mitrbe 
mir mitrben 
il)t mitrbet 
fie mitrben 



gelobt fyabm. 



gelobt Ijaben. 



IMPERATIVE. 



Sing. 2d pers. lobe 
Plur. „ lobt 



3d pss. lobe er (er lobe) 
„ loben fie. 



■33. 



Pres. 

Past. 



SECOND PARADIGM OF THE WEAK CONJUGATION, 
adding etc and et* 
Infinitive. Participle. 

reben, to speak Pres. rebenb 

gerebet Ijaben Past, gerebet. 

Indicative. Subjmictive. 

PRESENT. 

3d) rebe, bu rebeft, er rebet 3d) rebe, bit rebeft, er rebe 

mtr reben, il)r rebet, fie reben. mir reben, il)r rebel, fie reben. 

IMPERFECT. 

3d) rebete, bit rebeteft, er rebete Like the indicative, 
mir rebeten, il)r rebctet, fie rebeten. 



— 79 — 
Indicative. Subjunctive. 

PERFECT. 

3d) Ijabt, bu Ijaft, it. gerebet. 3d) Ijabe, bit l)abeft, it. gerebet. 

PLUPERFECT. 

3d) l)atte, bu Ijatteft, it. gerebet. 3d) Ijatte, bit fydtteft, k. gerebet 

FUTURE. 

3d) merbe, bit ttrirft, it. reben. 3d) tDerbe, in tucrbeft, ae. reben. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

3d) trerbe, bu mirft, :c. gerebet 3d) tuerbe, bu tocrbcft, it gerebet 
Ijaben. Ijaben. 

Conditional. Past Conditional. 

3d) tmtrbe, bit untrbeft it rebeu. 3d) ttmrbe, bu ttmrbeft *c. gerebet 

l)abeu. 

IMPERATIVE. 

Sing. 2d prs. rcbe 3d prs. rebe er (er rebe) 

Plur. „ rebel „ reben fie. - 

§ 34. FIRST PARADIGM OF THE STRONG CONJUGATION, 
with the auxiliary |)afectU 
Infinitive. Participle. 

Pres. ijelfett, to help Pres. Ijclfenb 

Past, getjolfen Ijaben Past, ge'qolfen. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

PRESENT. 

3d) fyelfe, bu Ijtlfft, er Ijilft, 3d) f)elfe, bit Ijclfeft, er l)elfe, 

ttrir Ijelfett, il)t ftelft, fie tjelfen. ttrir Ijelfen, tt)r Ijelfet, fie fyelfen. 

IMPERFECT. 

3d) fjalf, bit fjalfft, er Ijalf, 3d) galfe, bu Ijalfeft, er ficilfe, 

ttrir fallen, il)r tjalft, fie fyatfeu. ttrir l)dlfen, ifyr plfet, fie fjalfen. 

PERFECT. 

3d) fjabe, bit Ijaft it gefyolfeu. 3d) Ijabe, bu fjabeft it. geljolfeu. 

PLUPERFECT. 

3d) fyatk, bu I)atteft,K. gefjolfen. 3d) ijatte, bu fjcitteft it. gefjolfcn. 

FUTURE. 

3d) tuerbe, bu ttrirft it. fjelfen. 3d) tuerbe, bit tuerbeft it Ijelfen. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

3d) tuerbe, bit ttrirft *c. geljolfeu 3d) tuerbe, bu tuerbeft it. geljolfeu 
Ijabeu. l)aben. 



80 — 



Sing. 
Plur. 



Conditional Past Conditional 

3d) mitrbe, bu tmtrbeftw. fyelfen. 3dj mitrbe, bit mitrbeft 2c. geljolfcn 

(jdten. 

IMPERATIVE. 

2d prs. l)tlf 3d prs. fyelfe er (er fyelfe). 

„ !>elft „ ^elfen fie. 

2 35. SECOND PARADIGM OF THE STRONG CONJUGATION, 
with the auxiliary fcttU 
Infinitive. Participle. 

Pres. fa^retl, to ride (in a carriage) Pres. fafyrettD 
Past, gefa^ren fcin Past. gefaljren. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

PRESENT. 

3d) fafjre, bu fat)rft, er fafjrt, 3d) faljre, bit faljreft, er fafjre, 
mir fafyren, i£)r fafyrt, fie fafyretu mir fafyren, ifyr fafyret, fie fallen. 

IMPERFECT. 

3d) fufjr, bu fufyrft, er fitter, 3d) fitljre, bit fitfyreft, er fiifyre, 
mir fufyren, tyr fupt, fie f uljren. mir fitljren, tyr fitljret, fie fitfyren. , 

PERFECT. 



3d) bin 1 




3d) fet 


"\ 




bu bift 




bit feift 






er ift 1 
rotr finb | 


► gefatjren. 


er fet 

mir feien 




> gefafyren. 


ttjr feib 


1 


iljr feiet 






fie finb 




fie feien 


J 








PLUPERFECT. 




3d) wax 




3d) mare 






bu marft 




bit mareft 






er mar 
mir maren 


i gefatjren. 


er mare 
mir maren 




[ gefaljren. 


il)r mart 




il)r mciret 






fie maren 


i 


fie mar en 




i 






FUTURE. 




3d) merbe, bit 


mirft it fal) 


ren. 3d) merbe, 


bu mcrbeft it fafyren. 




FUTURE PERFECT. 







3d) merbe, bit mirft k. Qefaljren 3d) merbe, bu merbeft it Qefatjren 
fein. fein. 



81 



Conditional. Past Conditional. 

3d) mitrbe, bit miirbeftK. faljrcn. 3d) mitrbe, bit tuurbeft 2C, gefa^ren 

fein. 

IMPERATIVE. 



Sing. 2dprs. fat)re 
Plur. „ fat)rt 



3d prs. fal)te er (er fatjre) 
„ fal)ren fie. 



§ 36. PASSIVE VOICE. 
Infinitive. Participle. 

Pres. gelobt merben, to be praised Pres. gelobt tuerbenb 

Past, gelobt morben (em Past, gelobt morben (gelobt). 

Indicative* Subjunctive* 

PRESENT. 



3d) merbe 
bit mtrft 
er mirb 
mir merben 
iljr merbet 
(ie merben 

3d) mitrbe 
bu tuurbeft 

er nutrbe 
mtr murben 
ij)r mttrbet 
fie nntrben 



gelobt. 



gelobt. 



3d) merbe 
bit merbeft 
er merbe 
mtr merben 
tjjr mtrbet 
fie merben 

IMPERFECT. 

3d) mitrbe 
bu mitrbeft 
er mitrbe 
mtr mitrben 
it>r miirbet 
fie mitrben 

PERFECT. 



gelobt. 



gelobt. 



3d) bin, bu btft it gelobt morben. 3d) fei, bu feteft k. gelobt morben. 



PLUPERFECT. 



3d) mar, bu marftK. gelobt 3d) mare, bu mdreft k. gelobt 
morben. morben. 

FUTURE. 

3d) merbe, bu mtrft k. gelobt 3d) merbe, bu merbeft ic gelobt 
merben. merben. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

3d) merbe, bu mtrft w. gelobt 3d) merbe, bit merbeft :c. gelobt 
morben fein. morben fein. 



82 — 



Conditional. Past Conditional. 

3d) ttriirbe, bit ttriirbeft it. gelobt 3d) ttmrbe, bit miirbeft k. gelobt 
toerben. tporben fein. 



IMPERATIVE. 

Sing. 2d£rs. tt>erbe gelobt 3dprs. merbeer(er merbe) gelobt* 

5) 



Plur 



roerbet^gelobt ^ roerben fie gelobt 

I 37. IMPERSONAL VERB. 

Participle. 

Pres. regnenb 
Past, geregnet. 

Subjunctive* 

PRESENT. 

e§ regne. 

IMPERFECT. 

e§ regnete. 

PERFECT. 

e§ fyabe geregnet. 

PLUPERFECT. 

e§ fyatte geregnet. 

FUTURE, 

e$ merbe regnen. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

(£8 ttrirb geregnet Ijaben e8 roerbe geregnet fyaben. 

Conditional. Past Conditional. 

@8 ttmrbe regnen e§ mitrbe geregnet fjaben. 

IMPERATIVE. 

68 regne. 

§38, REFLEXIVE VERBS. 

Infinitive. Participle. 

Pres. fid) fdjamen, to be ashamed Pres. fid) fdjcimenb 



Infinitive* 

Pres. regnen, to rain 
Past, geregnet Ijctben 

Indicative* 

(§8 regnet, it rains 
68 regnete 
68 Ijat geregnet 
68 fjatte geregnet 
68 tturb regnen 



Past, fid) gefdjdmt tjaben 



Past. gefcf)cimt (fid) gefdjeimt 
fyabenb.) 



— 83 



Indicative. 

3d) fd)dme midf) 
bit fd)dmft bid), 
er fdjdmt fid), 
ttrir fdjdmen ang, 
il)r (djdmt ettd), 
fie fd)dmen fid). 

3d) fdjdmte mid), 
bit fd)dmteft bid), 



Subjunctive, 



2C. 



3d) I)abe mid) 
bit Ijaft bid) 



2C. 



3d) Ijatte mid) 
bit fjatteft bid) 

2C. 



3d) roerbe midj 
bit roirft bid) 

K. 

3d) merbe mid) 
in roirft bid) 



PRESENT. 



3d) fd)dme mid), 
bit fd)dmeft bid), 
er fdjciine fid), 
roir fd)dmen img, 
il)r fd)dmet eud), 
fie fd)dmen ftd). 



IMPERFECT. 



The same as the indicative. 



i 



PERFECT. 



gefdjdmt. 



3d) fjabe mid) 
bu Ijabeft bid) 



K. 



PLUPERFECT. 



gefefydmt. 



3d) fydtte mid) 
bit ^dtteft bid) 



FUTURE. 



fdjdmen. 



3dj roerbe midj 
bu roerbeft bid) 

It. 



gefdjdmt. 



gefdjdmt. 



fd)dmen. 



gefdjdmt 
I)aben. 



FUTURE PERFECT. 

3d) roerbe mid) 
bu roerbeft bid) 

2C. 



gefdjdmt Ijaben. 



Conditional. 



Past Conditional. 



3dj nntrbe mid) ") 3d) roitrbe mid) *) 

bit roitrbeft bid) Madmen. bu roiirbeft bid> > gefdjdmt [jaben. 

2C. ) 2C. ) 

IMPERATIVE. 

Sing. 2d prs. fd)dme bid) 3d. prs. fdjame er fid) (erfdjdme 

fid)) 
Plur. „ fdjdmt eud^ „ fd)dmen fie fid). 



— 84 — 

g 39. INSEPARABLE COMPOUND VERB. 
Infinitive. Participle. 

Pres. untemel)tnen, to undertake Pres. uttternel)inenb 
Past, unternommen fyaben Past, unterttotrtmen. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

PRESENT. 

3d) unternefyme, bit unterntmm[t, 3d) untcmeljme, bit untemel)me[t, 
er unternimmt, er unternefyme, 

ttrir unterneljmen, itjr utttemefymt, ttrir unterneljmen, it>r untemeljmet, 
fie untemeljmen, [ie untcrneljtnen. 

IMPERFECT. 

3d) unternafjm, bu unternafymft, 3d) unternafjme, bit unternaf) 
er unternafjm, meft, er unteruafyme, 

ttrir unternal)men,if)ruttternal)mt, ttrir unternaljmen, i$r ttnternal)- 
[ie unternafymen. mtt, [ie unternafymen. 

PERFECT. FUTURE. 

3d) fjabe unternommen. 3d) tuerbe unternefymett. 

ie. 

IMPERATIVE. 

Sing. 2d prs. unternimm 3d prs. unterne[)me er (er ttnter- 
Plur. „ unterneljmt „ unternefjmen [ie. [neljme) 

2 40. SEPARABLE COMPOUND VERB. 
Infinitive. Participle. 

Pres. anfangen, to commence Pres. an[angenb. 
Past, angefangen tjaben Past, angefangen. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

PERFECT. 

3d) [ange an, bit fang[t an, er 3d) [ange an, bu [angc[t an, er 

[angt an, [ange an, 

ttrir [angen an, it)r [anget an, [ie ttrir [angen an, iljr [anget an, [ie 

[angen an, [angen an. 

IMPERFECT. 

3d) [tug an, bit fingft an, er [tug 3d) ftnge an, bu [ingeft an, er 

an, [inge an, 

ttrir fiugen an, i^r [tngt an, [ie ttrir ftngen an, il)r [inget an, [ie 

ftngen an. ftngen an. 



— 85 — 

PERFECT. FUTURE. 

3d) l)abe angefangen. 3d) roerbe anfangen. 

IMPERATIVE, 

Sing. 2d pers. fange an 3d prs. fattge er an (er fange an) 
Plur. „ fangt an „ fangen fie an. 

g 41. AUXILIARY VERBS OF MOOD. 

SSBottett, to be willing. 

Infinitive. Participle. 

Pres. tuoUen Pres. tuollenb 

Past, getuollt l)aben Past, gemollt. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

PRESENT. 

3d)rDiE(Iwill),bu JDtllft, er mill, 3d) mode, bit t&oHeft, er tuofle, 
mir molien, it>r ruoUt, fie roollen. mir mollen, i()r collet, fie mollen 

IMPERFECT. 

3d) luollte, bit tooUteft, er roollte, 

ttJtr IDOlltcn, if)r tnolltet, fie mod* The same as the indicative, 
ten. 

PERFECT. FUTURE. 

3d) Ijabe gemollt. 3d) merbe moOen. 

Imperative — not used. 

I 42. ©otlett, to be obliged to. 
Infinitive. Participle. 

Pres. foil en Pres. foflenb 

Past, gefollt l)aben. Past, gefollt. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

PRESENT. 

3d) foil (I shall), bit follft, er foil, 3d) folk, bit foUeft, er foHe, 
roir fallen, ifyr follt, fie foUen. xoxx fallen, il)r follet, fie fallen. 

IMPERFECT. 

3d) follte, bit foQteft, er foDte, The same as the indicative. 

xoxx follten, \\)x foUtet, fie follten. 



— 86 — 

PERFECT, FUTURE. 

3d) Ijabe gefoUt. 3d) toerbe foUen. 

it* 

Imperative — not used. 

I 43, fidmtett, to be able to. 
Infinitive. Participle. 

Pres. fonnen Pres. fonncnb 

Past, gefonnt fjaben Past, gefonnt. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

PRESENT. 

3d) fcmn (I can), hn fcmrtft, 3d) fonne, bit fonneft, cr Fonne, 

er faun, 
ttrir f onnen, iljr fount, fie f onnen. mir fonnen, ifyr f onnet, fie F 5nnen. 

IMPERFECT. 

3d) Fonnte, bu f onnteft, er fonnte, 3d) Fonnte, bit Fonnteft, er Fonnte, 
ttrir Fonnten, if)r Fonntet, fie Fonn* ttrir Fonnten, il)r Fonntet, fie Fonn- 
ten. ten. 

PERFECT. FUTURE. 

3d) fyabe gefonnt. 3d) rccrbe Fonnen. 

it. 

Imperative — not used. 

§ 44. SSJtdgCtt, to like ; to be inclined to* 
Infinitive. Participle. 

Pres. mogen Pres. mogenb 

Past, gemodjt baben Past, gemodjt. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

PRESENT. 

3d) mag (I may), bit magft, 3d) moge, bit mogcft, er moge, 

cr mag, 
ttrir mogen, tljr mogt, fie mogen. ttrir mogen, Ujrmoget, fie mogen. 

IMPERFECT. 

3d) mod)te, bu mod)teft, ermod)te, 3d) modjte, in modjteft, er modjte, 
ttrir molten, ii)x mod)tet, fie mod)* ttrir mocbten, il)r mod)tet, fie mocb- 
ten. ten. 



— 87 — 

PERFECT. FUTURE. 

3d) fjabe gemocfyt. 3d) toerbe mogen. 

Imperative — not used. 

I 45. ©Utfctt, to be permitted to (to dare). 

Infinitive. Participle. 

Pres. burfett Pres. bitrfenb 

Past, geburft l)abett Past, geburft. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

PRESENT. 

Sd^ barf (I am permitted to), 3d) Diirfe, bit biirfeft, er bitrfe, 

bu barfft, er barf, 
loir biirfeu, iljr burft, fie burfett. ttrir bftrfen, xfyi bitrfet, fiebitrfett. 

IMPERFECT. 

3d) bttrfte, in burfteft, er bttrfte, 3d) burfte, bu burfteft, er bitrfte, 
iDtr bttrfteu, i\)v bttrftet, fie burf- ttnr burften, il)r bttrftet, fie biirf- 
ten. teu. 

PERFECT. FUTURE. 

3d) fyabe geburft. 3d) tuerbe burfett. 

Imperative — not used. 

§ 46. SJtiiffctt, to be compelled to. 

Infinitive. Participle. 

Pres. mitffeu Pres. tttiiffettb 

Past, gemuftt tiabeu Past, gemujit. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

PRESENT. 

3d) mttj3 (I must), bu muj3t, 3d) mitffe, bu muffeft, er mitffe, 

er muj3, 
ttnr mitffen, i\)x mitffet, fie mitffen. ttnr mitffen, tl)r mitffet, fie mitffen. 

IMPERFECT. 

3d) mttfcte, bu imtjfteft, er muffte, 3 d) tnujjte, \>u mufjteft, er mitfcte, 
ttrir rnutten, il)r mttptet, ftemufc ttrir miijiten, tl)r mitfctet, fie miip- 
tin. tett. 



— 88 



PERFECT, 

3d) fjabe gemnjtf. 



FUTURE, 

3d) merbe muffen. 



It. 



Imperative — not used. 

Note. The verb tniffen, to know, resembles in its conjugation 
the auxiliary verbs of mood : 

Pres. Indie, id) met{$, bit ti>eiff, er ttmfc, ix)tr foiffen, H)t ttriffet, 
fie itriffen. 

„ Subj. id) luiffe ic. (regular). 
Imperfect Ind. id) ttntftfe 2C; Subj. id) foujfte *C. 
Perf. Part, geitntftf; Perfect id) fyabe gettmjtt It. 



Chap. IV. 

Declension of Pronouns. 
2 47. PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 







First person. 


Second person. 


Sing. 


Nom. 


t#, I 


bit, thou 






Gen. 


mciner (mem) 


beinev (bcin) 




Dat. 


mir 


bir 






Ace. 


mid) 


bid) 




Plur. 


Nom. 


ttrir, we 


if)r, you 






Gen. 


unfer 


euer 






Dat. 


un§ 


end) 






Ace. 


nn§. 

Third person, 


end). 








rnasc. 


fern. 


neut. 


Sing. 


Nom. 


er, he ; 


fie, she ; 


ti, it 




Gen. 


feinet(fein) 


ifyrer 


feinet (fein) 
it)m 




Dat. 


ibm 


il)r 




Ace. 


ifyn 


fie 


eg 


Plur. 


Nom. 


all three gend. fie, they 






Gen. 


ifjrer 








Dat. 


il)nen 








Ace. 


fie. 






Note 1. The 


: antiquated form of the genitive 


mein, bein, fein 



— 89 — 

is now only used in poetry and in some common phrases as ber- 
(}if3 mein nid)t, forget me not. 

Note 2. The reflexive pronoun fid) (himself &c.) of the third 
person is the same for dative and accusative of all three genders 
and both numbers. 

Note 3. The forms bit and il)r (2d pers.) are only used in ad- 
dressing near relatives, familiar friends and children. In addres- 
sing other persons the third person plural @ie is used for one 
as well as more persons. In this application it is always spelled 
with a capital letter. The same is the case with the possessive 
pronoun of the third person plural tf)r, which — when used 
for the second person is spelled 3t)t (your). 

Note 4. When the expressions myself, himself, &c. are in 
the objective case they are to be rendered by the personal — in 
the third person by the reflexive — pronoun, as : I have enjoyed 
myself, id) fyctbe mid) amiifirt; he has hurt himself, er t)at fid) 
tierletjt. But when myself, &c. are in the nominative case (sub- 
ject), they are to be rendered by id) — felbft, er — felbft It., as : I 
saw this man myself yesterday, id) Ijabe biefen Sftann geftetn felbft 
gefefyen. 

g 48. DEMONSTRATIVE, INTERROGATIVE AND RELATIVE 

PRONOUNS. 





Singular. 




Plural. 




Masc. 


Femin. 


Neuter, All three genders. 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 

Ace. 


biefer 
biefeS 
biefem 
biefen 


biefe 
biefer 
biefer 
biefe 


biefeS, this biefe, these 
biefeS biefer 
biefem biefen 
biefeS biefe 


Note 1. 


In the same way 


' are declined : jener. that, mcmc 



many a, jeber, every, each, and the interrogative and relative 
pronoun tt)eld)er, who, which. 

Note 2. The demonstrative and relative pronoun ber is de- 
clined like the definite article. But when used without a noun, 
the genitive is 

masc. beffen, fem. beren, neut. beffen, plur. beren, which is 
also the genitive of the relative pronoun tuelcfyer. 



— 90 — 

Note 3. The interrogative and relative pronoun tfler, tt)a§, 
who, what, which is never used with a noun, is thus declined : 

Ma$c. & Femin. Neuter, 

Nom. tner ltmg 

Gen. foeffen (not used) 

Dat. mem ( „ ) 

Ace. roen ma§ 

i 49. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 

Singular. Plural. 

Masc. Fern, NeuU All three genders. 

N. tncin meine mem meine, my 

G. meine§ meiner meineS meiner 

D. meinem meiner meinem meinen 

A. meinen meine mein meine. 

In the same way are declined bein, thy, feitt, his, \\)X, her, feitt, 
its, unfer, our, enet, your, i|r> JAeir. 



Chap. V. 

The Adjective. 
§50. 
An adjective may be used 

1. as predicate, in which case it always appears in its pure, 
primitive form and is unchangeable : reid), rich, alt, old &c. 

Note. The predicative form of qualitative adjectives is 
also used as adverb, for instance : er fdjretbt fci)5n, 
he writes beautifully. 

2. as attribute, in which case it is changeable and must agree 
• with its noun in gender, number and case. 

I 51. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

1. The predicative form of the comparative is obtained by 
adding to the predicative form of the positive the syllable 



— 91 — 

er, as IjcH, bright, fyeHcr; rein, pure, retner; cbel, noble, 
cMer 2C. 

2. Whenever the comparative is used as attribute, it must 
agree with its noun in gender, number and case. 

3. The superlative is formed by adding eft or ft; the former 
after the dentals and sibilants b, t, $, % ft, fd), g: gefdjtmnb, 
fast, gefdjttrinbeft; \U% sweet, ffifcft; the latter in all other 
cases : f Icitt, small, I letnft ; lieb, dear, liebft. But to this 
eft or ft the termination of inflection (see declension of ad- 
jectives) has to be added, since the superlative of the 
adjective must always be preceded by the definite article : 
biefer $nabe ift ber ciltefte, this boy is the oldest. 

Note. The adverb is in the supperlative to be formed with 

am (an bent) as am fcfyneliften, fastest, am leidjteften, 

easiest, &c. 

4. Most adjectives^ capable of an Umlaut, accept it in the 
comparative and superlative : Inarm, warm, tncitmcr, ber 

ttmrmfte ; f urj, short, fitter, ber f itrgefte. 

5. A few adjectives are irregular in their comparison : 

gro£, large grojkr, ber groftfe (for grofkfte) 

gut, good beffer, ber befte 

l)od), high tySfjer, ber t)5d)fte 

nat)e, near ndtjer, ber nfidjfte 

Diel, much (many) meljr, ber meifte. 

Declension of Adjectives. 

§52. 

As with the nouns, so with the adjectives we distinguish a 
strong and a weak declension. But while of the nouns some 
belong to one, others to the other class, all adjectives can and 
must take either form according to the modifiers preceding 
them. 

The strong declension of the adjective has the same termin* 
ations as the pronominal paradigm biefer. 

The weak declension has in all genders in the nominative the 



— 92 — 

termination e, in all other cases and throughout the plural the 
termination etl, with the exception of the accusative singular of 
the feminine and neuter genders, which are always like the 
nominative. 

§53. 

The principle which decides, which of the two forms an ad- 
jective is to have in any single case is this : 

Whenever an adjective is preceded by an article or pronoun 
with a termination of inflection, it takes the weak form ; in all 
other cases i. e. when it is either preceded by neither article nor 
pronoun or, by one without a termination of inflection, it takes 
the strong form. 

Exceptions : 

1 . The accusative singular of the feminine and neuter genders 
is always like the nominative, as stated above. 

2. The genitive singular of the masculine and neuter genders, 
which in the strong declension according to analogy ought 
to terminate in e3, takes the weak termination en, because 
the repeated termination e§ as in QllteS 3$etne3, frifdjeS 
S5tobe3, infringes upon euphony. 

A. Strong Declensipn of the Adjective. 

§54. 

Singular. 

Masc, Fern, Neut, 

N. rotfyer SBeht, frifcfye Sutter, trocfneg $ofg, 

(red wine) (fresh butter) (dry wood) 

G. rotten SBetneS, frifdjer Sutter, trotfrten $olge§ 

D. rotljem SBeitte, frtfcfyer ©utter, trocfttem §olge 

A. rotten SBein. frifdje Sutter. trocfneS §olg. 

Plural. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 



fd)5ne ^JJferbe, (fine horses) 
fdjoner tyftxte, 
fcfyonen s £ferben, 
fdjone ^ferbe, 



all three genders alike. 



N. 

G. 
D. 
A. 



— 93 — 

B. Weak Declension of the Adjective. 

§55. 



Masc 

ber trcitc gretmb, 
(the true friend) 
bcStreuengreunbeg, 
bem tveuen greunbe, 
bentrenengtennb. 



Singular. 

Fern., Neut. 

bie belle garbe, ba§ tnarme SBaffer, 

(the bright color) (the warm water) 

bcr better* garbe, beg roarmen SBaffcrS, 

ber Ijellen garbe, bem marmcn SBaffer, 

bie tjelle garbe. ba$ roarme SBaffer. 

Plural. 

N. bie reifen 9lepfel, (the ripe apples) 

G. ber reifen Slepfel, 

D. ben reifen 9iepfeln, 

A. bie reifen SlcpfeL 

This form of declension is required after ber, biefer, letter, inci- 
ter, manner, jebcr. 



C. Mixed Declension of the Adjective. 

§56. 

This differs from B, only in the nominative of the masculine 
and in the nominative and accusative of the neuter gender in 
accordance with the above principle. 



Masc. 



Singular. 

Fem. 



Neut. 



N. 

G. 
D. 
A. 



ein fdjroarger $ut, 

(a black hat) 
einee fdjroargett §nte§, 
einemfebroargenfntte, 
cineu fdjroargen |>nt, 



cine brette@traj$e, ein ncueS fileib, 

(a broad street) (a new dress) 
einer breiten ©trajk, eineg nenen SleibeS, 
einer breiten ©trafe, einem nenen Sleibe, 
cine breite ©trajje. ein neueS Steib. 

Plural. 



N. ntcine fd)arfen 9Ina.cn, (my sharp eyes) 

G. meiner fdjarfen Siugett, 

D. meinen fdjarfen Slngen, 

A. meine fdjarfen Slngen. 



— 94 — 

This form of declension is required after the indefinite article, 
all possessive pronouns and the pronominal adjective fein, no. 



Chap. VI. 

The Preposition. 

I 57. I. PREPOSITIONS GOVERNING THE GENITIVE. 

fyalb, Ijalbeu or fyalber, on ac- jenfeitS, on that side of, beyond 

count of [tdtt, attftatt, instead of 

Qlljkrljalb, outside of, without ltngead)tet, notwithstanding 

innerbalb, inside of, within imroeit, unfcrn, not far from 

oberfyalb, above Dcmxoge, by virtue of 

ltnterbcilb, below tmbrenb, during 

f raft, by power of tuegen, on account of 

laitt, according to um — tuillen, for the sake of 

tnittels, mittclft or Dermittclft, by lang§, entlang, along 

means of trot}, in spite of 

bie$feit3, on this side of gllfolge, according to. 

Note 1. The last three, lattgS (entlang), tro£ and gttfolge are 
also used with the dative, entlang even with the 
accusative. 

2. fyalb (Ijalbett, Ijalber) and entlatig stand always after 
the noun which they govern. 

3. tnegen and gufoTge may stand either before or after 
the noun which they govern. In the latter case gn« 
fofge is commonly used with the dative. 

4. The words unt — ft)illcn have the noun between 
them, as Uttl be§ gjriebenS mtllctt,- for the sake of 
peace. 

I 58. II. PREPOSITIONS GOVERNING THE DATIVE. 

a It 3, out of, from tttit, with 

aufter, outside of; beside, except nebft, with 
bet, by, at, with, near fammt, together with 

btmten, within (temporal) felt, since 

nad), after, behind, to, according Don, of, from, by 
to gu, to, at. 



— 95 — 

§ 59. EX PREPOSITIONS GOVERNING THE ACCUSATIVE. 

buni), through, by oljtte, without 

fur, for Utn, around, about, for 

jjegen, toward, against tt)iber, against. 

I 60. IV. PREPOSITIONS GOVERNING THE DATIVE AND 
ACCUSATIVE. 

an, at, on fiber, over, above, concerning 

ailf, on, upon Uttter, under, beneath, among 

fytntet, behind Dor, before, in front of, ago 

hi, in, into groifdjen, between, 
ttebett, beside, at the side of 

Note. All these govern the dative when they signify rest or 
position, the accusative, when they signify motion or direction. 



Chap. VII. 

Arrangement of "Words. 
§61. 

1. The normal form of a sentence is that in which Subject^ 
Copula and Predicate appear as three separate words (see 
examples 1, 6, 14). 

2. When predicate and copula are united to one word (finite 
verb), this takes the place of the copula, that of the predi- 
cate becoming vacant (5, 10, 18). 

3. The rules for the position of copula and predicate are to be 
applied, whenever the finite verb is separate from the pre- 
dicative word ; hence : 

1) In all compound tenses the auxiliaries fyctben, fettt, tt)er» 
bett take the place of the copula, the principal verb (In- 
finitive or Participle) that of the predicate (2, 7, 15). 

2) The auxiliaries of mood biitfen, fonucn, mogen, tnuffen, 

foQctt, IDOllen take the place of the copula, the infinitive- 
with which they are connected, that of the predicate (3, 
8, 16). . 



— 96 — 

3) In the separated forms of separable compound verbs 
(§ 40) the verb takes the place of the copula, the sepa- 
rated particle that of the predicate (4, 9). In the sub- 
ordinate sentence, where according to this the particle 
precedes the verb, they are united into one word (17). 

4) The English language uses the verb to do as an auxiliary 
in negative and interrogative sentences. The German 
language differs in this from the English, and expressions 
like: " I do not know; do you see?" are to be trans- 
lated, as if they read : " I know not ; see you ?" 

A. Regular Succession of Words. 

X. Of tlie Principal I»arts. 

I. PRINCIPAL CLAUSE. 



g 62. a. 


Declara 


tory Sentence: 


Subject. 


Copula* 


Predicate. 


2)er SBcutm 

the tree 


ift 
is 


grim (1) 
green 


bie Serdje 
the lark 


lot 

has 


gefungen (2) 
sung 


ba§ Uinb 

the child 


fann 
can 


Iaufen (3) 
run 


ba$ ©a)iff 
the ship 


went 


unter (4) 
down 


ber §trfd) 


lauft 


- (5) 



the hart runs 

§63. b. Interrogative [Opt a tive, ( 11, ) Imperative 
12, 13)] Sentence: 

Copula. 

3ft 
is 

§at 
has 

©Oil 
shall 



Subject 

ber aftcmn 
the man 


Predicate. 

alt? 
old 


(6) 


bie UI)r 
the clock 


Qcfdjlacjen ? 

struck 


(7) 


id) 


getjen? 
go 


(8) 



97 



Copula. 


Subject. 


Predicate. 




©el)(t 
go 

©ittflt 
sings 


bit 

you 

ber ©ogel 
the bird 


aim ■ 
out 
— ? 


(9) 
(10) 


aasarc 

were 


tori (bod)) 
Charles 


(jefimb! 
well 


(m 


©ei 
be 


(bu) 


Qitfmcrffam ! 

attentive 


(12) 


©cien 
be 


©ie 

(y° u ) 


gufrteben ! 
contented. 


(13) 



n. SUBORDINATE CLAUSE. 

§64. 
Itis either introduced by a subordinating conjunction (14 — 18), 
or by a relative pronoun or pronominal adverb (19, 20) : 



(-) 


Subject. 


Predicate. 


Copula. 




ba 
since 


er 
he 


reid) 
rich 


ift 
is 


(14) 


roetl 

because 


ba§ Stub 
the child 


geftraft 
punished 


ttmtbe 
was 


(15) 


toenn 
if 


ber ©olbat 
the soldier 


fed)ten 
fight 


foil 
shall 


(16) 


when 


bu 

thou 


anfantft 

arrivedst 


(17) 


when 


^eftor 
Hector 


— 


fiel 
fell 


(18) 


em ©olbat, ber 
the soldier, who 


— 


fetge 

a coward 


ift 

is 


(19) 


ber Ort, mo er 

the place where he 


begraben 

buried 


ttntrbe 
was. 


■ (20) 



2. Of Modifying' Expressions. 

§65. 
The general principle is that — the modifying expression 
precedes the modified one. 



98 



This principle admits of modifications, on which we shall 
however not dwell here, as it would carry us beyond the 
prescribed limits. 

Since any object or adverb or adverbial phrase may in 
general be regarded as modifying the predicate, any of 
these modifiers will in regular succession stand immedi- 
ately before the predicate (21, 22, 25, 27, 28). Whenever 
the predicat is united with the copula into one word, the 
object or adverb will still hold the place before the one 
which the predicate would occupy, if separated, which 
however in such a case becomes vacant (23, 24, 26). 



Subject, 

id) 
I 

bie Suft 

the air 

er 

he 

i* 
I 



I. PRINCIPAL CLAUSE. 
§66* a. Declaratory Sentence: 
Copula. 



have 

ift 
is 

fdjreibt 
writes 
fltoltbe 
believe 



Modifiers. 

lijtt 
him 

fyeute 
today 



jejjt emeu 25rief — 
now a letter 

ba§ mofyl — 

that — 



Predicate. 

gcfeljen (21) 
seen 

cmgcneljm (22) 

pleasant 



Copula. 

SBirb 

will 

©aljft 
saw 



(-) 

menu 
if 

nadjbem 
after 



g 67* b. Interrogative Sentence: 

Subject. Modifiers. Predicate. 

bein ©ruber balb fommcn? 

your brother soon come 

bu bctiSlifc — ? 

you the lightening. 

II. SUBORDINATE CLAUSE. 

Subject. Modifiers. Predicate. Copula. 

er bid) gefeljen licit 

he you seen has 

$emridj geftcrn ctbgereift wax 

Henry yesterday departed was 



(23) 
(24) 



(25) 
(26) 



(27) 
(28) 



— 99 — 

( — ) Subject Modifiers. Predicate. Copula. 

ah$ id) neulid) bie VOjx — fauftc (29) 
when I lately the watch bought. 

In regard to relative sentences we have to observe that the 

relative pronoun or pronominal adverb must always stand at the 

head of the sentence, even if it should be the object : 

Relative pr. or adv. Subject. Modifier. Predicate. Copula. 

®a§ ©elb, roeld»e8 tnein SSater bafur — bcgaljltc (30) 
the money which my father for it paid 

ber £)rt, ido bag — Dollbradjt rourbe (31) 

the place where this done was. 



B. Inverted Succession of Words. 

§69. 

The German language gives a great deal of liberty in regard 
to the arrangement of words, of which the orator and the poet 
may avail themselves with effect. We shall here speak only of 
a few inversions which are either necessary under given circum- 
stances or at least very common. 



I. PRINCIPAL DECLARATORY SENTENCE. 



70. 



1. 



Predicate. Copula. 


Subject. 




Stetd) ift 
rich is 


ber Snfricbcne. 
the contented. 


(32) 


2* Modifier. Copula. 


Subject. Predicate. 




®a§ ©la§ Ijabe 
the glass have 


id) gerbrod)ett 
I broken 


(33) 


flcftcrn iDitrbe 
yesterday was 


ba§ *pferb befdjlagcn 
the horse shod. 


(34) 


3* (Subord. clause.) 


Copula. Subject. Predicate 


> # 


SBenn eg regnct, (fo) 
if it rains 


mufj id) bleiben 
must I remain. 


(35) 



— 100 — 

These inversions are used when — in order to give emphasis 
to them — we put the predicate (32), object (33) or adverb (34) 
at the head of the sentence, or let the subordinate sentence pre- 
cede the principal one (35). 

In all these cases the copula (in case 3 that of the principal 
clause) must precede the subject. 

In case 3 the conjunction fo, which is not to be translated 
in English, may be used to introduce the principal clause. 



2. 



II. INTERROGATIVE SENTENCE. 




§71. 




Subject. 


Copula. 


Predicate. 


©ein S5ater 

Your father 


ift 
has 


geftorben? 

died 


Predicate. 


Copula. 


Subject. 


(Srtumfen 
Drowned 


ift 
is 


er? 
he. 



(36) 



(37) 



These inversions are used when we wish either — to lay 
the stress of the question, not on the fact expressed but rather 
on the subject (36) or predicate (37) or, to express surprise or 
doubt. 

III. SUBORDINATE SENTENCE. 

§72. 

1. The conjunction tDetltt (if) may be left ont, in which case 
(as in English) the copula begins the sentence : 

Copula. Subject. Predicate. 

©ollte mctn ©ruber fdjreiben ; . . (38) 
Should my brother write 

for inenn tncin ©ruber fdjretben follte ? . .. (39) 

if my brother write should. 

2. The conjunction bctJ3 (that) may be left out, in which case 
the order of the principal sentence is to be used : 



— 101 — 

Subject. Copula. Predicate. 

3d) toeiji, er ift unglucHtd) (40) 

I know he is unhappy 

for id) meifc, bctj3 er ixnaliidFlic^ iff. (41) 

I know that he unhappy is. 



Chap. VIII. 

XJse of the Subjunctive. 

§73. 

The use of the indicative and subjunctive moods depends 
neither on the external form of a sentence (principal or subor- 
dinate), nor on the use of single conjunctions, but simply on 
the form of the thought expressed. 

The indicative is the mood of reality and certainty ; it has an 
objective character. The subjunctive is the mood of possibility 
and uncertainty ; it has a subjective character, representing 
the statement made, as something merely supposed or reported. 
Thus we say : 

1. 3d) fyabe ge()5rt ba$ er geftorben iff, I have heard he died, 
i. e., he died, and this fact has been communicated to 
me, and 

2. 3d) I)ctbe geljort, i*a$ er geftorben fet, i. e., his death is to me 
not an accredited fact, but a rumor, a problematic event. 

§74., 

Hence the subjunctive is to be used 

1. In the oratio obliqua, when the contents of the subordinate 
clause are represented as something problematic. This 
is generally the case after verbs like fagett, to say, Der* 
ttlittljen, to suppose, fiirdjten, to fear, fyoren, to hear, etc., for 
instance : er fagt, er tyabt btr gefdjrtcben, he says he wrote to 



— 102 — 
you. 3d) bermutljete, bap er fomme, I supposed that he 

would come. 

In conditional sentences, when the principal clause speaks 
of an event which depends on that of the subordinate 
clause, the latter being itself, not a fact but only an hypo 
thesis : rucnn id) gefimb ttmre, tt>itrbe id) auSgcljen, if I was 
well, I should go out. In such cases the conditional mood 
can be used in the conditioned i. e. principal, but not in 
the conditioning i. e. subordinate clause. 



VOCABULARY, 
i. 

Explanations: m. = masculine, 
f. = feminine, 
n. = neuter. 
The Roman numbers refer to the declensions or conjugations, the Arabic numbers to 
the lessons where the respective words are first used, the numbers enclosed in parentheses 
to the sections in Part II, 



b, m. I. evening 4* 
after, but 1, however 7. 
abermalS, again 24. 
abfittyren, I. carry off 15. 
Slbgrunb, m. I. abyss 20. 
2lbfd?teb, m. 1. departure 16. 
abfdjittteltt, I. shake off 21. 
Sttftdjt, f. IV. intention 23. 
Stbftufung, f. IV. gradation 17. 
a&tyettutifl, f. IV. division 18. 
Slbmefenbett, £ IV. absence 13. 
adjt, eight 4. 
ad)tje$tt, eighteen 5. 
afytm, eighty 5. 
5l$tutt$, f. IV. esteem 12. 
Slcferbau, m. I. agriculture 6. 
afynlid), similar 19. 
Cifle, all 1. 

ailmdtt^, gradually 4. 
SOpen, pi. f. IV. alps 1. 



CttS, as 5 ? when 6, than 14. 
atfo, therefore 21. 
alt, old 1. 

SUftertfyum, n. II. antiquity 17. 
ait, at, on, to 13. 
Stnbenfen, n. III. memory 15. 
anbere, other 13. 
anerlennen, irr. acknowledge 22. 
SKnerfertnurtg, f. IV. acknowledg- 
ment 22. 
anfangen, III. 3. commence (40). 
anfangs, at first 18. 
anfitfyren, I. mention 18. 
angeprett, I. belong 17. 
angenetym, pleasant 2. 
Sfoflrtff, m. I. attack 20. 
Sltmtarfd), m. I. advance 23. 
anfdjauen, I. look at 11. 
9!ttfeben, n. III. aspect 7. 
anfefyntid), respectable 22. 
(103) 



— 104 — 



Sfaite&Iuttfl, f. IV. settlement 8. 
cmfpredjen, II, 2. address 23. 
$rtfpru$, m. I. claim 10. 
anfratt, instead of 13. 
Arbeit, f. IV. work 14, lesson 21. 
ctrbetten, I. work 6. 
Slrit^ntettf, f. IV. arithmetic 5. 
arm, poor 16. 
Street, f. IV. medicine 14. 
9Xr^t, m. I. physician 13. 
Ciudj, also 3, even 21. 
2Iuerod)$, m. IV. buffalo 11. 
auf, on, upon 13. 
aufklten fid), III, 3. live 19. 
aufmerffam, attentive 2. 
Ctufttefymen, II, 2. receive 22. 
auffdjttegen, IV. open 24. 
Sluftrag, m. I. commission 24. 
Slu^e, (mixed) eye 12 (9). 
Stugertbtttf, m. I. moment 23. 
au3, out of, from 13. 
Stugkfferurtg, f. IV. repair 14. 
SluSbauer, f. perseverence 17. 
augbauernb, persevering 17. 
au3c;ebe{)ttt, extensive 11. 
au$gef)ett, irr. go out 11. 
au^fe^en, II, 1. look 23. 
auferbem, besides this 18. 
auSfe^en, I. expose 13. 
au^eicfyrtert, I. distinguish 17. 
SSacfen, v. bake (25). 
f&ad er, m. III. baker 13. 
baben, I. bathe 12. 
balb, soon 5. 
23afl, m. I. ball 14. 
23cmtbu3robr, n. I. bamboo cane 23. 
<8anb, n. I. tie 20. 
23ctnf, f. I. bench 8. 
23cw, na. I. building 14. 



batten, I. build 17, raise 10. 
33attcr, m. IV. peasant 11 (4). 
SBctum, m. I. tree 11. 
fcdumett ft$, I. rear 20. 
23aumfcofle, f. IV. coton 12. 
beben, I. tremble 20. 
beenbicjen, I. finish 21. 
befefylett, II, 2. command (1§). 
beftei&en jt$, III, 1, endeavor (21). 
befrctcjen, I. ask 17. 
begief?en, IV. water 11. 
begtnnen, II, 2. begin (19). 
begtetten, I. accompany 11. 
23egrtff, m. I. idea 18. 
befyartbeln, I. treat 14. 
betjarrlid), steady 17. 
fcetyenbe, nimble 21. 
bet, at 3, with 13. 
betbe, both 8. 
beilegert, I. attribute 18. 
S3ein, n. I. leg 23. 
SBeinHetber, pi. II. breeches 15. 
beigen, III, l. bite (21). 
beijKmmen, I. assent 22. 
befctnnt, known 18. 
betefyren, I. inform 23. 
23eltebett, n. III. pleasure 13. 
beloben, I. praise 23. 
bemerlen, I. notice 22. 
bemi^ert, I. use 15. 
beobadjten, I. watch 23. 
berat^en, III, 3. deliberate 17. 
23eratf)Utt3, f. IV. counsel 15. 
bereiten, I. prepare 10. 
58er$, m. I. mountain 3. 
bergen,II,2. hide (19). 
23ern|rettt, m. I. amber 14, 
berftert, II, 2. burst (19). 
beritfyrert, I. touch 20. 



— 105 — 



befd)afttgert ftdj, I. be occupied 21. 
Sefdjafttguttg, f. IV. occupation 14. 
bef$reiben, HI, 2. describe 8. 
befc&fterltd), wim difficulty 23. 
befonber, particular 21. 
befonberS, particularly 4. 
beforgert, I. attend 15. 
beffer, better 14. 
Seftatturtg, f. IV. interment 16. 
bejMert, I order 7. 
SefMung, f. IV. order 14. 
beflrafert, I. punish 15. 
beftrebt feitt, endeavor 19. 
befudjeu, I. visit 11. 
Setracfytuttg, f. IV. contemplation 

[22. 
betrctuern, I. mourn 22. 
betreffen, II, 2. concern 22. 
Sett, n. (mixed) bed 13. 
between, I. guard 19. 
bettaffnett, I. arm 21. 
Setoaffrtuttg, f. IV. arming 17. 
bettdbrett, I. preserve 19. 
befoegen, IV. induce (24). 
Setoeguttg, f. IV. movement 22. 
befoetfen, HI, 2. prove 16. 
betoirttyen, I. treat 16. 
SBetttOfjner, m. III. inhabitant 8. 
bettmnbern, I. admire 7. 
S8ett>U§ tfeirt, n.III consciousness 17. 
Seact^tung, f. IV. pay 14. 
btegen, IV. bend (24). 
Sier, n. I. beer 10. 
bieten, IV. bid (24). 
Stlb, n. II. picture 7. 
bilben, I. form 17. 
binben, II, 3. bind (20). 
btnnen, within 13. 
big, until 4. 



bi3 nct$, as far as 3. 
btgtyer, thus far 23. 
?8\$fyum, n. II. bishopric (4). 
biSfoeilett, sometimes 4. 
bitten, II, 1. beg (18). 
blafen, HI, 3. blow (23). 
Slatt, n. II. leaf 9. 
bleiben,III, 2. remain 5, stay 12 (22). 
Sleiftift, m. I. pencil 4. 
blof?, mere 22. 
Stume, f. IV. flower 11. 
SlutSfreuttb, m. L bloodrelation 20. 
Sobett, m. III. soil 8. 
Sogert, m. III. bow 21. 
bofe, wicked 19. 
braten, III, 3. roast (23) 
braudjen, I. need 7. 
bredjert, II, 2. break (19). 
Sret, m. I. mush 10. 
Sreite, f. IV. width 22. 
bremtett, irr. burn (26). 
Srief, m. I. letter 7. 
bringen, irr, bring (26). 
Srob, n. I. bread 10. 
Sruber, m. III. brother 1. 
Srujl, f. I breast 15. 
Sud), n. II. book 3. 
Su$e, f. IV. beech 11. 
Su§(e, m. IV. paramour 12. 
, Surg, f. IV. palace 18. 
Surger, m. III. citizen 12. 
Sutter, f. butter 11. 
Siittner, m. III. cooper 24. 
©fjarafter, m. I. character 7. 
©a, since 6. 
babei, moreover 19. 
baburd), thereby 12. 
bagegen, however 4. 
bafyer, therefore 6. 



106 — 



cCMtl, then 3. 

bctrbieien, IV. hand 15. offer 24. 

t>a$, that 2, which 7. 

bag, that 4. 

bein, thy 1, 9. 

benfen, irr. think (26). 

bergtetdjen, the like 12. 

begfyalb, therefore 23. 

beutltd), clear 1-8. 

£>eurf$tanb, n. II. Germany 7. 

btcf, fat 23. 

bienen, I. serve 22. 

SMertif, m. I. service 13. 

SMenjibote, m. IV. servant 15. 

btefer, this 7. 

bo$, but 8, yet 8, certainly 14. 

£orf, n. II. village 9 (6). 

borr, there 2. 

bortbitt, there 13. 

brefcen, I. turn 22. 

bret, three 4. 

breifng, thirty 5. 

bret$el)tt, thirteen 5. 

brefc&en, IV. thrash (24). 

brtngen, II, 3. urge (20). 

bit, thou 1. 

Dunfel, n. III. obscurity 18. 

bitrdj), through 3, by 13. 

burd)au3 md)t, by no means 23. 

!!Durd)me{]er, m. III. diameter 22 

burcbreifen, I. travel through 9. • 

burfen,irr.tobepermittedto 12(45) 

burfttg, defective 17. 

£urft, m. I. thirst 7. 

£>ugenb, n. I. dozen 6. 

©hen, just 21. 

ebenfo, equally 16. 

ebet, noble 18. 

©foe f. IV. matrimony 12. 



<E$re,f. IV.. honor 24. 

ebren, I. honor 15. 

(£t, n. II. egg 9. 

(Etcbe, f. IV. oak 11. 

etgert, own 13. 

(Etgentbum, n. II. property 12. 

etgentltd), proper 18, real 21. 

ettett, I. hurry 6. 

etnanber, eachother 7. 

etttfad), simple 17. 

(Eiltgang, m. I. admittance 24. 

eins, one 4. 

etnjr, ctiimat, once 4. 

■einjetn, single 10. 

(Ettt$elne, m. IV. individual 17. 

etn^tg, only 14. 

(Etfen, n. III. iron 14. 

(Element, n. I. element 16, 

(EtenntMer, n. I. elk 11. 

elf, eleven 4. 

<EC(e,f. IV.yaidl2(4). 

©Item, pi. IV. parents 1. 

empfcuiQen, III, 3. receive 14. , 
empfefyfen, II, 2. recommend 5 (19). 

(Enbe, n. (mixed) end 4. 
enbUd), finally, 13. 

ettge, close 17, narrow 22. 

(Engel, m. III. angel 22. 

(Bute, f. IV. duck 11. 

entlaffen, discharged 5. 

entlaufen, HI, 3. run away (13). 
. entlebnen, I. borrow 16. 

entfcfytebett, decided 17. 

enrftrinnen ft$, II, 2, ensue 20. 

entjie^ett, irr. originate 18. 

entweber, either 16. 

erbctuttdj, edifying 22. 

(Erbe, n. III. inheritance 16. 

erben, I. inherit 18. 



107 — 



erbttten, n, i.beg2i. 

erbteidjen, III, 1. grow pale (21). 

<£rbe, f. IV. earth 16. 

erfmben, II, 3. invent (25). 

erfreuen ftdb, I. enjoy 24. 

erfitflen, I. fill 20. 

erfyalten, IH, 3. reaeive 8. 

(Erb oiling f. IV. recreation 21. 

ertnnem fid), I. remember 14. 

crfiiren, IV. elect (24). 

(£rlaubnt§, f. I. permission 21. 

erlofcfyen, IV. be extinguished (24). 

ermafynt, admonished 5. 

ernabren, I. feed 11. 

ernjUtd), serious 15. 

erneuen, I. renew 20. 

erobern, I. take 17. 

eroffnen, I. make known 24. 

erfdjatfen, IV. resound 15. 

erfdjetnen, III, 2. appear 18. 

erfd)reden, II, 2. be frightened (19). 

(Erfcfyetnung, f- IV. apparition 18. 

erfebnt, longed for 21. 

erfl, first 9, only 18, not— until 24. 

erjre, first 10. 

(£rflaunen, n. III. astonishment 24. 

erjtount, astonished 24. 

ertragen, V. endure 7. 

ertt>af)(en, I. choose 22. 

erfoartcn, I. expect 5. 

crttubern, I. return 23. 

es, it 6. 

efiTett, II, 1. eat 8 (18). 

etbifd), ethical 18. 

ettva, about 3. 

ettoag, anything 7, somewhat 21. 

end), you (object, case). 5. 

cuer, your 9. 

(£urcpa, n. Europe 3. 



ettug, eternal 13. 

$&$n n, V. ride in a carriage (25). 
gatfe, m. IV. falcon 11. 
gall, m. I. case 6. 
fallen, HI, 3. fall (23). 
fatten, L fell 11. 
gamitte, f. IV. family 12. 
gamtttenfjaupt, n. II. head of the fa- 
mily 16. 
fangen, III, 3. catch 8 (23). 
garbe, f. IV. color 4. 
ga§, n. II. barrel 23. 
fajl, almost 4. 
fec^ten, IV. fight (24). 
geber, f. IV. pen 3. 
fegen, I. sweep 20. 
geter, f. (no pi.) ceremony 16. 
fetn, fine 12. 
gefi>, n. II. field 3. 
gelbjeidjen, n. III. ensign 17. 
gett, n. I. skin 15. 
genfier, n. III. window 23. 
femer, further 10. 
ferttg, done 8. 
fejr, firm 8, fortified 17. 
gejhwfl, f. IV. fort 17. 
gtuer, n. III. fire 16. 
pnben, II, 3. find 11 (20). 
gtn(lernt§, f. I. darkness 20. 
gtf4 m. I. fish 8. 
giafdje, f. IV. bottle 13. 
fle<$ten, IV. plait (24). 
fletfng, diligent 2. 
fUegen, IV. fly 13 (24). 
Piemen, IV. flee (24). 
fliegen, IV. flow (24). 
gliigel, m. III. wing 23. 
$lu£, m. I. river 11. 
felflett, I. follow 20. 



108 — 



#orm, f. IV. form 5. 

fort, away 2. 

fortfatyren, V. continue 20. 

forimafyrenb, continually 19. 

grau, f. IV. woman, 2, wife 12(8), 

fret, free 13, 

grei^eit, f. IV. liberty 15. 

fretltd), to be sure 23, 

fremb, foreign 7. 

Srembltttg, m. I. stranger 16. 

freffert, 11,1." devour (18). 

greube, f. IV. joy 24. 

greunb, m. I. friend 4. 

freimbli$, friendly 14. 

grteben, m. III. peace 10 (4). 

frtebtid), peaceable 23. 

frferen, IV. freeze (24). 

frif$, fresh 23. 

fritylidj, joyful 21. 

gru^tfrarfett, f. IV. fertility 19. 

fritter, formerly 11, before 14. 

Siitynmg, f. IV. practice 13. 

funf, five 4. 

fimftetyn, fifteen 5. 

funfjig, fifty 5. 

ftunfen, m. III. spark (4). 

fur, for 6, 

furd)t&ar, terrible 17. 

fur^tett, L fear 10. 

gftrft, m. IV. prince (4). 

§iir|tfn, f. IV. princess (4). 

gujftof f, n. II. infantry 17. 

©abet, f. IV. fork 3. 

gatyren, IV. ferment (24). 

©alo^, m. I. gallop 21. 

©ana, f. I. goose 11. 

ganj, quite 1, entirely 3, whole 17, 

gar mcfyt, by no means 21. 

gar fefa very much 21. 



©artett, m. III. garden 3, 

©a(l, m. I. guest 8. 

gaftfrei, hospitable 16. 

©au, m. I. shire 17. 

gebdrett, II, 2. bear (child) (19) 

©ebaube, n. III. building 10 (7). 

gebett, II, 1. give 12, (18), e$ gifct, 
there is 12. 

©ebtrge, n. III. mountains 20. 

gebrau$ett, I. employ 13, use 14. 

gebre$li$, feeble 21. 

©ebre$ti$fett, f. IV. infirmity 24. 

©ebanfen, m. III. thought 4. 

gebetfyen, III, 2. prosper (22). 

©ebet&ett, n. III. prosperity 18. 

©ebtcfyt, n. I. poem 5. 

geeignet, fit 17. 

gefaflett, III, 3. please 16. 

©efaflett, m. III. favor 14. 

©efatlene, m. IV. fallen 18. 

©efluget, n. III. fowl 11. 

gegen, against 7, toward 13. 

©egenpartfyet, f. IV. opposition 22. 

gegenfeitig, mutual 20. 

©egenftanb, m. I. subject 21. 

©egentfyeit, m. I. contrary 23. 

©efceimnig, n. I. secret 19. 

ge^ett, irr. 90, 5, walk 12 (26). 

ge^rett, I. belong 7. 

getyimg, proper 22. 

©cl|l, m. II. ghost 12, mind 21. 

get&, yellow 4. 

©elb, n. II, money 10. 

©elegenfceit, f. IV. occasion 15, op- 
portunity 24. 

geleiten, I. accompany 16. 

geltngen, II, 3. succeed (20). 

gelten, II, 2. be regarded 19, be 
worth (19). 



— 109 — 



getofcr, praised (p. p.) 5. 
OemaWitt, f. IV. wife 19. 
©emalbe, n. III. painting 13. 
©emetnbe, f. IV. community 10. 
gemeinfantv common 7 
gemegert, IV. enjoy 20, taste (24). 
genua, enough 3. 
gerabe, exactly 23, directly 23. 
©eridjt, n. I. dish 12 ; court 13. 
gertrtg, inferior 22. 
*geme, with pleasure 12. 
©erfte, f. IV. barley 10. 
©efartg, m. I. song 15. 
©efdjaft, n. I. business 13. 
gefdjefjert, II 7 1. happen (18). 
©efdjenf, n. I. gift 16. 
©efdjtcflicijfeir, f. IV. skill 15. 
gefdjtcft, sent 5. skillful 21. 
©efdjirr, n. I. harness 3. 
©efd)ledjr, n. II. race 8, sex 12. 
gefdjen, seen 8. 
gefyaltert, split 20. 
©efpenjt, n. II. spectre (6). 
©efprddl), n. I. conversation 24. 
©ejtctlt, f. IV. form 23. 
gejlattert, I. permit 14. 
gefrerrt, yesterday 2. 
gefunb, well 1. 
getdbelt, blamed 5. 
getljart, done 15. 
getobtet, killed 5. 
©etr&nf, n. I. drink 11. 
©etreibe, n. III. grain 10. 
©ettalr, f. IV. power 12. 
geroattfam, violent 18. 
©ewanbtrjdt, f. IV. agility 24. 
©ettefce, n. III. texture 10. 
gefoittnen, II, 2. gain 23, win (19) 
©emitter, n. IV. thunderstorm 8. 



gefoityntt^, usual 6. 
gewoljnt, accostumed 7. 
©ter, f. (noplur.) cupidity 20. 
gtegen, IV. pour (24). 
©tft, n. I. poison 20. 
©lag, n. II. glass 13. 
gtaubert, I. believe 12. 
©laufcett, m. III. believe 10 (4). 
gteicfy, directly 5, equally 17. 
gfetcfyen, III, 1. resemble (21). 
gtetdjmagig, even 22. 
gtetten, HI, l. slide (21). 
©tetfdjer, m. III. glacier 5. 
©tteb, n. II. member 10. 
gttmmett, IV. glimmer (24). 
©fittf, n. I. good fortune 24. 
gtutflid), happy 1. 
©ttCtbe, f. IV. grace 24. 
©Olb, n. I. gold 4. 
©Otttter, m. III. patron 13. 
©Ott, m. n. god 18. 
©Ottijetr, f. IV. divinity 18. 
gotttidj, divine 21. 
grakn, V. dig (25). 
©rab, m. I. degree 20.- 
©raf, m. IV. count 11 (4). 
©rdfm, f. IV. countess (4). 
grctuert&otl, horrible 20. 
©rajie, f. IV. grace 24. 
greifen, III, 1. grasp (21). 
grog, large 7 (51). 
grogarttg, grand 20. 
©roge, f. IV. size 22. 
grogrentfyeite, mostly 22. 
©rogfldter, m. III. grandfather 16. 
grim, green 23. 
griinbert, I. establish 13. 
©rug, m. I. greeting 23. 
gut, well 6, good 14 (51). 



- 110 — 



(5htt(iie$enbe3),n. II. real estate 12. 

(Uttt$, kind 22. 

Upaax, n. I. hair 7. 

£ah imb ®ut, n. (no pi.) property 

15. 
tyctben, irr. have 3 (29). 
4?ctkr, m. III. oats 10. 
4?Ct#efrclj, m. IV. bachelor 13* 
«£)a$n, m. I. cock 8. 
Spain, m. I. grove 17. 
fatten, III, 3. hold (23). 
£attb, f. L hand 8. 
^anbcl, m. III. commerce 14. 
^crnbeln, I. act (10). 
4>Ctnbtt>erf, n. I. mechanical trade 

14. 
$CUt$ert, III, 3. to be suspended, 

hang (23). 
fcchtgert, I, to suspend, hang 13. 
tyartett, I. harden 17. 
£dfe, m. IV. rabbit 10. 
ty&§tt$, ugly 19. 
^Ctufen, m. III. heap (4). 
fyauftg, frequently 13. 
£aupt, n. II. head 17. 
^auptmann, m. II. captain 5, (pi. 

irreg. ) 
.£>au3, n. II. house 1 (4). 
4?augttefen, n. III. housekeeping 

12, household 19. 
$ektt, IV. lift (24). 
.geer, n. L army 17. 
.peerfdjaarert, f. IV. (pi.) hosts 18. 
tyetten, I. cure 13. 
tyeiltg, sacred 17. 
«£etmarl?, f. IV. home 5. 
tyetmfeljren, .1. return 16. 
fyetmttd), secret 19. 
^eigett,!!!, 2. be called, bid (22) 



bctS §ei§t (b. %.), that is 15. 
<£elb, m. IV. hero 15. 
fcelfcrt, II, 2. help 11 (19). 
£>elm, m. I. helmet 17. 
fyeranmacfyfertb, growing up 15. 
£err, m.IV. master 12. 
£errfdjctft, f. IV. dominion (8). 
tyenfdjen, I. reign 8. 
fyerumtummetrt, I. bustle about 22. 
tyenwge^en, irr. proceed 18. 
fyer&ortreten, II, 1. appear 18. 
£er$, n. irr. heart 24. 
£er$0$tljum, n. II. ducdom 9. 
fyeute, today 5. 
tyter, here 1. 

4Mmmel, m. III. sky 8, heaven 20. 
fytmmttfdj, heavenly 18. 
fytnab, down 5. 
^tngatt^ m. I. decease 22. 
fytttter, behind 13. 
4Mrte, m. IV. herdsman 8. 
$t£e, f. (no pi.) heat 7. 
^0$, high (51). 
$of, m. I. yard 19. 
tyoffeit, I. hope 10. 
fyofyl, hollow 11. 
tyolett, I. go for 12,bring 17. 
fjom5opatl)tfd), homeopathic 14. 
$Qni$, m. I. honey 11. 
Jpopfen, m. III. hops 10. 
(jorett, I. hear 9. 
£%!, m. III. hill 13. 
4?ufytt, n. II. hen 9. 
£uttb,m. I. dog 3 (5). 
tyurtbert, hundred 5. 
hunger, m. III. hunger 7. 
4? Ut, m. I. hat 8. 

3§T, you 1 , her 9, their 9. 



Ill — 



{mmer, always 23, 

itt, in 2, into 6, 13. 

Snfef, f. IV. island 13. 

insattb, invalid 22. 

irbifdj, earthly 21. 

Srrt^um, m. II. error 9 (4). 

3a, yes 2. 

Sctgb, f. IV. chase 11. 

£fdger, m. III. hunter 8. 

Saljr, n. I. year 5. 

je nadj, according to, 8. 

jeber, every, each 7. 

jebocfj, however 10* 

jener, that 7. 

JenfettS, beyond 19. 

jefcr, now 3. 

Subel, m. HI. joy 22. 

juna, young, 1. 

Sungfrau, f. IV. maiden 23. 

Suiting, m. I. youth 8. 

.Kaffee, m. III. coffee 12. 

^aifer, m. III. emperor 9. 

Mitt, f. (no plur.) cold 7. 

Earner ab, m. IV. comrade 21. 

$ampf, m. I. contest 17. 

$arl, Charles 14. 

^dfe, m. III. cheese 10 (4).' 

faufen, I. buy 8. 

faum, scarcely 4. 

f etn, no 4. 

feitter, none 22. 

fennen, irr. know 6 (26). 

^etttttntg, f. I. knowledge (5). 

.fteute, f. IV. club 17. 

$eufd)Ijett, f. (no plur.) chastity 12. 

$ittb, n. II. child 9. 

finbif$, childish 24. 

$ircf)e, f. IV. church 2. 

Sijte, f. IV. box 7. 



flax, clear 18. 

-ftfeiber, (pi.) n.IL clothes 14. 

^leibung, f. IV. clothing 14. 

itleibmtgSftM, n. I. garment 15. 

Ilettt, small 10. 

$lima, n. irr. climate 8. 

Himmett, IV. climb (24). 

Hingen, II, 3. sound 20. 

Softer, n. III. convent 10 (3). 

$ttabe, m.IV. boy 11. 

fneifen, III, 1. pinch (21). 

fo$en, I. cook 10. 

Coffer, m. III. trunk 7. 

fommen, II, 2. come 5 (19). 

$onig, m. I. king (4). 

fonrten, irr. to be able 11 (43). 

$Br!per, m. III. body 23. 

fofrbar, precious 8. 

ilrafr, f. I. power 3. 

frdfticj, strong 11. 

franf, sick 1. 

$ratt$, m. I. wreath (4). 

^ret£, m.I. circle 22. 

.Srteg, m. I. war 6. 

$rieger, m. III. warrior 23. 

frted)en, IV. creep 24. 

■ftitc^e, f. IV. kitchen 15. 

^udjert, m. III. cake 3. 

$u6, f. I. cow 3. 

Summer, m. III. grief 22. 

fummew ftd), I. care 12. 

$unjt, f. I. art 17, skill 22. 

fur$, short 1. 

^utfdjer, m. III. coachman 3. 

Cadjen, I. laugh 9. 

laben, V. load (25). 

£ager, n. III. camp 17. 

2ampe, f. IV. lamp 13. 

£atlb, n. II. land 6 ; country 8* 



112 — 



tanben I. land 10, 

fange, long 6. 

langfam, slow 23. 

langfl, long ago 9. 

lajTen, HI, 3. let 14 (23). 

2aft, f. IV. load 23. 

Sctuf, m. I. course 20* 

laufen, HI, 3. run (23). 

Itilttern, I. purify 20. 

leben, I. live 6. 

Men, n. III. life 13. 

leknbig, alive 17. 

leer, empty 21, 

Ie$en, I. lay 9. 

Secret, m. III. teacher 3. 

Seibetijene, m. IV. bondsman 13. 

let$r, easy 8. 

£et$nam, m. I. corpse 16. 

leiben, III, 1. suffer 10 (21). 

letber, alas 21. 

£eibtt>efen, n. III. sorrow 22 

lei^en, III, 2. lend (22). 

£ettwanb, f. (no pi.) linen 14. 

lemen, I. learn 11. 

lefett, II, i. read 5 (18). 

le&terer, latter 7. 

£eute, (no sing.) people 6. 

Styt, n. II. light 4. 

Hilt, bright 19. 

Iteben, I. love 6. 

Stealing, m. I. favorite 22. 

£teb, n. II. song 9* 

liefertt, I. furnish 11. 

Iteaen. II, 1. lie 13 (18). 

tte$enbeg ($5ut, real estate 12. 

£«ie f. IV. lily 11. 

£ippe, f. IV. lip 13. 

£ob, n. I. praise 21. 

loben, I. praise 6. 



lobertt, I. blaze 20. 

£offef, m. III. spoon 3. 

£ofm, m/ 1, pay 24. 

lofen, I. loosen 20. 

£ott>e, m. IV. lion 11 (4). 

£otM!t, f. IV. lioness (4). 

2uft, f. I. air, 19. 

liigen, IV. lie (24). 

95td$tta, powerful 12. 

Wab$en, n. III. girl, 10 (7). 

Wagb, f. I. female servant 2* 

Wafyt, n. I. meal 15. 

ntalen, I. paint 10. 

Water, m. III. painter 7 (4). 

man, one etc. 14. 

manner, many a 7, some 15. 

SRanbel, f. IV. almond 11 (4). 

Mangel, m. III. want 17. 

STOann, m. II. man 8 (6) ; husband 

12. 
tn&nnltd), male 15. 
Sftarft, m. 1. market 13. 
9J?a§, n. I. measure 17. 
Waffe, f. IV. mass 18. 
ttt&fng, temperate 6. 
Watte, f. IV. mat 13. 
Wau3, f. I. mouse 8. 
Weer, n. I. sea 8. 
mefyrere, more 10, several 12. 
nteiben, III, 2. avoid (22). 
Weite, f. IV. mile (4). 
ntein, my 3, 9. 
Wetnung, f. IV. opinion 21. 
tttetfr, mostly 8. 
meiften bte, the most 10. 
ntelfen, IV. milk (24). 
Wen^e, f. IV. plenty 11. 
nteffen, II, 1. measure (18). 
Weffer, n. III. knife 3. 



— 113 



STOetall, n. I. metal 14, 

fWcty, m. I. mead 11. 

90?e£ger, m. III. butcher 13. 

SKtene, f. IV. mien 23. 

mil®, f. I. milk 11. 

fWiOion, f. IV. million 5. 

tninber, less 17. 

nufcttngen, H ; 3. fail (13). 

ttUffoejtalter, deformed 19. 

tnit, with 6, 13. 

yjlithib, n. I. compassion 24. 

9D?ittag, m. I. noon 4. 

mogen, irr. to like 12 (44). 

9D?onat, m. I. month 8. 

3D?ottta$, m. I. Monday 6. 

S^orgen, m. III. morning 4. 

ntorgert, tomorrow 4. 

Sflunb, m. I. mouth 24. 

munter, lively 23. 

tttttffett, irr. to be compelled to 12 
(46). 

Gutter, f. III. mother 1 (3). 

$tyt$e, f. III. myth 20. 

9ta$, to 3; after, behind 33; ac- 
cording to 7. 

9?ad)bar, m. IV. neighbor 11 (4). 

^ad^arjajaft, f. IV. neighborhood 
23. 

nadjbem, after 22. 

ttac^er, afterwards 12. 

ftctdjt, f. I. night 8 (5). 

ftabef, f. IV. pin 15. 

sRagel, m. III. nail 20. 

ttctfye, near (51). - 

ttafyen ft*, I. approach 20. 

<ftaf)rutt& f. IV. food 6. 

Harnett, m. III. name 16 (4). 

9?atur, f. IV. nature 18. 

WtM, m. ni. fog 8. 



nektt, beside 13. 

tte&men, II, 2. take 12 (19). 

netn, no 2. 

ttettnett, irr. name 26. 

9?er», m ; IV. nerve 12. 

Weft, n. II. nest 12. 

neu, new 16. 

Weugierbe, f. (no pi.) curiosity 23. 

ttetm, nine 4. 

tteunje^n, nineteen 5. 

neun$t£, ninety 5. 

ntd)t, not 1. 

ttt$t3, nothing 13. 

trie, never 3. 

tt0$, yet 3. 

Wofy, f. I. need 12. 

ttotfyig, necessary 14. 

nun, now 2. 

nut, only 2, but 7. 

£>fcert)anb, f. (no plur.) upperhand 

23, 
IDkrftefer, m. III. upper jaw 20. 
Dbfyut, f. (no plur.) care 13. 
0hm% though 12. 
ober, or 6. 

offentltd), public 13. 
offnen, L open 12. 
Oft, often 7. 
ofjne, without 10, 13. 
ofynebteS, any how 22. 
£%, n. (mixed) ear 12 (9). 
Dnfel, m. III. uncle 4. 
Drbmntg, f. IV. order 18. 
Drt, m. I. locality 18. 
9$aar, n. I. pair 16. 
Spatter, m. III. coat of mail 17. 
parctbtrett, L parade 24. 
^Patriot, m. IV. patriot 13. 
spei*, m. I. fur 14. 



114 



Steljtoerf, n. I. furs 14. 
perfoniftrtren, I. personify 18. 
tfetfen, IH, 1. whistle (21). 
$Pferb, m. I. horse 3, 
pflattjm I. plant 13. 
pflegeit, I. attend to 11. 
pflegen, IV. be in the habit of (24), 
gjjKtdjr, f. IV. duty 16. 
spflug m. I. plough 8. 
$funb, n. L pound 12 (4). 
Spfjiiofopfj, m. IV. philosopher 2. 
gMano, n. (pi. irr.) piano (4). 
3>tfle, f. IV. pill 14. 
^taubern, I. talk 12. 
<pretfen, III, 2. praise (22). 
sprieffcr, m. III. priest 17. 
sprincip, n. I. principle 18. 
$proceg, m. I. law suit 13. 
jQuefle, f. IV. source 7. 
queflen, IV. spring (24). 
Stabe, m. IV. raven 11 (4). 
9ta$ett, m. III. mouth 20. 
ratten, III, 3. advice (23). 
raufy, rough 8. 

SRaum, m. I. room 6, space 18. 
3fte$nuttg, f. IV. account 24. 
rec&t, right 18. 
8te$t, n. I. right 12. 
rebett, L speak 6 (33). 
SRegenf^trm, m. I. umbrella 3. 
^Regent, m. IV. ruler 12. 
regieren, I. rule 18. 
regnen, I. rain (37). 
retben, III, 2. rub (22). 
reid), rich 1. 
reicfyett, I. reach 20. 
SRei$tfyum, m. II. riches 9 (4). 
SRetf, m. I. hoop 21. 
rein, pure 18. t 



retntflett, I. clean 8* 
SRetS, m. I. rice 12. 
sfteife, f. IV. journey 8. 
retfen, I. go 13. 
retgett, III, 1. tear (21). 
reitett, III, 1. ride 12 (21). 
better, m. III. rider 17. 
JReitpferb, n. I. saddlehorse 14. 
^Religion, f. IV. religion 18. 
rennett, irr. run (26). 
sRepuMif, f. IV. republic 12, 
rtd)ttg, correct 22. 
JRicfytUttg, f. IV. direction 3. 
rtecfyett, IV. smell (24). 
SRiefe, m. IV. giant 18. 
SRinb, n. II. cattle 11. 
9ttn$, m. I. ring 8. 
rtttgen II, 3. wring (20), 
rinnen, II, 2. flow (19). 
Sftotf, m. I. coat 8. 
rot), rude 18. 

SRot)jroff, m. I. raw material 14. 
Corner, m. Ill, Roman 8. 
*Rofe, f. IV. rose 11. * 
JRog, n. I. steed 16. 
totfylidj, reddish 7. 
rittfett, I. move 13. 
SRMen, m- m. back 23. 
rufen, III, 3. call (23). 
tinmen, I. praise 12. 
ritfrett, I. prepare 16. 
<Saat, f. IV. crop 18. 
fagen, I. say 7. 
©amen, m. III. seed (4). 
(sammtung, f. IV. collection 20. 
faufett, IV. drink (used of animals) 

(24). 
fauqett, IV. suck (24). 
©$aar, f. IV. crowd 22. 



— 115 — 



©$Ctt>ett, m. III. harm 10 (4). 

©djctf, n. I. sheep 3, 

fdjaffett, V. create 19 (25). 

(Sdjaft, m. I. shaft 17. 

flatten, IV. sound (24). 

fcfydmen ftdj, I. be ashamed (38). 

fcfyarf, sharp 17. 

<&<$a%, m. I. treasure 19. 

<5$aufel, f. IV. shovel 7* 

fdjeeren, IV. shear (24). 

<s$eik, f. IV. disk 19. 

fcfyeiben, III, 2. part (22). 

fcfyeinert, III, 2. seem (22). 

©$eiter§aufen, m. III. funeral pile 
16. 

fdjeUen, II, 2. scold 19. 
f$enfen, I. give 11. 
f^tebett, IV. push (24). 
©$teb3rtd)ter, m. III. umpire 22. 
(deepen, IV. shoot (24). 
©djtff, n. I. ship 16. 
©$tlb, m. I. shield 20. 
(scfrlaf, m. I. sleep 9. 
fdtfafett, HI, 3. sleep (23). 
Wa$ttt, V. strike (25). 
©cfytanse, f. IV. serpent 19. 
fc()te$t, poorly 14. 
fd)teid)en, III, 1. sneak (21). 
fd)Ietfen, III, l. grind (21). 
frftfeigen, III, 1. slit (21). 
<S$teuber, f. IV. sling 17. 
fc$ite§en, IV. lock (24). 
fc&lmcjett, II, 3. sling (20). 
<s5$Io§, n. II. castle 2. 
fdjmei&en:, III, l. fling 21. 
f#mel$en, IV. melt (24). 
<5d)mutf, m. I. trinket 16. 
fflmutfett, I. adorn 7. 

Wnauben, IV. snort (24). 



<S$nee, m. I. snow 3. 
f$netben, III, 1. cut (21). 
@d)tteiber, m. III. tailor 10. 
ftyneff, quick 22. 
^d)ttet(tafeU, f. IV. velocity 22. 
fd)0tt, already 6. 
fcfyott, beautiful 1. 
f$ortcn, I. spare 20. 
©cfyS^fer, m. III. creator 18. 
(2>djo§, m. I. bosom 19. 
f^reiben, III, 2. write 7 (22). 
fdjreien, III, 2. cry 22. 
fdjretren, III, 1. stride, step (21), 
©djrttr, m. I. step 23. 
©djubtabe, f. IV. drawer 13. 
<5d)Ut), m. I. shoe 8. 
<5d)ulbtgfetr, f. IV. duty 21. 
(5d)ule, f. IV. school 21. 
<5d)iUer, m. III. scholar 3. 
<S$ujter, m. III. shoemaker 10. 
(£Cl)tt>ager, m.IH. brother in law 13, 
fdjtodren, IV. fester (24). 
f$tt?ebert, I. float 23. 
fd)toetgen, III, 2. be silent (22). 
©$tt?etn, n. I. swine 11. 
fd)foetfen, IV. swell (24). 
fitter, heavy 23. 
fdjtt>erfdt(tg, clumsy 23. 
<Sdjttejter, f. IV. sister 2. 
©d)toerr, n. IL sword 16. 
fdjaummert, II, 2. swim (19). 
f$ttrittben, II, 3. decrease (20). 
f^ftrittcjen, II, 3. swing (20). 
f$tt>i3rett, IV. swear (24). 
<£$ttmtt3, m. I. vogue 21, 
fedjS, six 4. 
fed)$efjtt, sixteen 5. 
fed)jtg, sixty 5. 
(see, m. IV. lake 13. 



— 116 



(Seefufte, f. IV. seashore ll, 

fegeln, I. sail 20. 

fegnen, I. bless 18. 

fe^en, II, 1. see 5 (18). 

fe$r, very 1. 

fein, his 9, its 9. 

fein, irr. be (30). 

fett, since, for 13. 

felbfl, even 3. 

felbft, himself 13. 

felten, seldom 13. 

felten, scarce 17. 

fenben, irr. send (26), 

fie, she 1, they 1. 

<Ste, you 6 

fteben, seven 4. 

fteben^n, seventeen 5. 

ftebenatg, seventy 5. 

fteben, IV. boil (24). 

(Steg, m. I. victory 18. 

ftngen, II 7 3.singll (20). 

fmleit, II, 3. sink (20). 

(Sinn, m. I. sense 20, mind 24. 

ftnnen, II, 2. reflect 19. 

(Sij3, rn. I. seat 16. . 

jlgen, II, 1. sit (18). 

(S%e, f. IV. sketch 21. 

(Sfldtte, m. IV. slave 12. 

(Sftoerei, f. IV. slavery 15. 

fo, so 6. 

fo — CllS, as — as 14. 

fobdlb al$, as soon as 10. 

fobann, then 18. 

(Sofa, n. irr, sofa 13. 

fogar, even 5. 

<Soljn, m. I. son 4. 

fold), such 15. 

(Solbat, m. IV. soldier 2. 

fottett, irr. be obliged 11 (42). 



fomit, therewith 21. 

(Sommer, m. III. summer 8. 

fonbern, but 8. 

(Sonne, f. IV. sun 19. 

fonft, formerly 4, otherwise 22. 

fofool)! CtlS, as well as 19. 

fpdt, late 18. 

(Spaten, m. III. spade 7. 

fyeten, III, 2. spit (22). 

(Spiel, n. I. play 23. 

fpielen, I. play 5. 

(Sptelfamerab, m. IV. playmate 21 # 

(Spieling, n. I. toy 16. 

(Spinbel, f. IV. spindle 16. 

fytnnen, II, 2. spin (19). 

(Spige, f. IV. point 17. 

fpletgen, III, 1. split (21). 

(Spracfye, f. IV. language 7. 

fpre^en, II, 2. speak 19. 

fpriegen, IV. sprout (24). 

fprtngen, II, 3. spring (20). 

(StCtCtt, m. (mixed) state 12 (9). 

flctatltd), concerning the state 18. 

(Stab, m. I. stick 21. 

(Srabt, f. I. city 8. town 10. 

(Stamm, m. I. tribe 7. 

ftarf, strong 7. 

ftatt, instead 13. 

(Staunen, n. (no pi.) wonder 24. 

ftedjen, II, 2. sting (19). 

jiefyen, irr. stand (26). 

fteben, II, 2. steal (19). 

ftetgen, III, 2. rise 20 (22). 

(Stein, m. I. stone 8. 

fteffen, I. set 13. 

jterben, II, 2. die(19). 

(Stem, m. I. star 20. 

fret, continuous 18. 

ftctffl, steady 18. 



117 



jHeben, IV. fly about (scattered) 
(24). 

©ttege, f. IV. stair 21. 

flifl, quiet 18. 

fKmmen, I. vote 13. 

jitnlen, II, 3. stink (20). 

<5t0d, m. I. cane 7. 

jtotj, proud 21. 

(liken, I. interrupt 22. 

jlogen, HI, 3. thrust (23). 

©rrafyl, m. (mixed) ray 12 (9). 

©trapse, f. IV. hardship 22. 

©trage, f. IV. street 13. 

ftmc^tt, HI, I. stroke (21). 

<B tr eti, m. i. dispute 4, strive 20. 

jrreiren, III, 1. combat 21. 

©rutyl, m. I. chair 6. 

<&turm, m. I. storm 17. 

fturmen, I. storm 18. 

fturmifd), stormy 20. 

jlitqen, I. rush 20. 

fufyen, I. seek 7. 

(sumpf, m. I. swamp 8. 

fymbottfd), symbolic 17. 

iXctbetn, I. blame 9. 

Za$, m. I. day 1. 

Sagebud), n. II. journal 21. 

£atttte, f. IV. pine 11. 

tctttjert, I. dance 12. 

Safdje, f. IV. pocket 13. 

Slaube, f. IV. dove 13. 

taufenb, thousand 5. 

Se^id), m. I. carpet 8. 

Z$at, f. IV. deed; in ber Zfyat, in- 
deed 7. 

i$dttg, active 21. 

Zt)t\\, m. I. part; jum Ztyit, part- 
ly 19. 

t^eitett, I. divide 16. 



tfjetttteife, partly 18. 

t^euer, dear 8. 

£§0r, n. I. gate (5). 

tf)iut, irr. do 11 (26). 

Satire, f. IV. door 13. 

Z\§tx, m. III. tiger 11. 

Ztf4 m. I. table 8. 

tobett, I. rage 18. 

Softer, f. in. daughter 4 (3). 

Slob, m. I. death 18. 

£obe6fafl, m. I. death 16. 

tobiett, I. kill 12. 

tragett, V. carry 13, wear 15 ; bear 

(25). 
Sraumbtlb, n. II. dream 24. 
treffett, II, 2. hit (19). 
tretbett, ni, 2. drive 22. 
Zxn b!?au3, n. n. hothouse 14. 
trennen, I. separate 18. 
treten, II, l. step 13 (18). 
treu, faithful 22. 
triefen, IV. drip (24). 
trtnfen, II, 3. drink (20). 
£rtnftft(ag, n. I. revel 15. 
£rinff)0W, n. II. drinkinghorn 15. 
Sropfett, m. III. drop 13. 
Srubfal, f. I. trouble (5). 
iritqen, IV. deceive (24). 
Z\x§, n. II. cloth 12. 
tiidtfdj, malignant 19. 
tugenbbaft, virtuous 20. 
Sufye, f. IV. tulip 11. 
lleber, over 3 ; about 7, 13. 
uber — btrtauS, beyond 13. 
itberflutben, I. overfloat 20. 
itber^aupr, in general 12. 
Ubermorgett, day after tomorrow 5. 
Ueberrafcfyutts f. IV. surprise 23. 
itberfdjauen, I. overlook 18, 



— 118 — 



ii6erf$foemmen, I. overflow 20, 
ftkrjeugen, I. convince 23, 
iMm$, remaining 14, 
Vtyx, f. IV. clock 5, 
Uttt, around, about 13. 
um — JU, in order to 13, 
umgaufeltt, I- play around 24. 
Itmgetyett, irr. avoid (25), 
umfe^ren, I. invert 13. 
ttmftattb, m. I. fact 24. 
unanfefjnttdj, unsightly 11, 
Utt&attbifl, untamable 19. 
Itttkbeutettb, insignificant 14. 
imbefamtt, unknown 10, 
Uttb, and 1. 

Uttbanf, ingratitude 24. 
imgefyeuer, immense 8, monstrous 

19. 
tmgejtum, impetuous 18. 
Unflfoubett, m. (no pi.) unbelief 23, 
unfyeifoofl, fatal 18. 
impartfyeiifd), impartial 24, 
wtregelmafng, irregular 18, 
Uttfer, our 5, 9. 

Uttter, among 7; under 12, 13, 
Uttterbeffett, meanwhile 5. 
Utttergctttg, m. I. destruction 20. 
Wltterge^en, irr. perish 20, 
unterfyattett, III. 3. amuse. 
tttttermtfcH intermixed 17. 
Uttternefymett, 11,2. undertake (39), 
Uttterorbtten, I. subordinate 17, 
unterridjtett, I. instruct 11. 
unterfud£)t, examined 5. 
untreu, faithless 12. 
Utttreue, f. (no pi.) faithlessness 

20. 
unumfdjranlr, absolute 12. 
tm&er&rudjlic^ incontestable 22, 



Utttt>0l)t, unwell 2, 
Ur — (prefix) primitive 18, 
ttrfacfye, f. IV. cause 21. 
Urfprung, m. L origin 7, 
Wfprunglicf), original 18. 
UrttyeU, n. I. decision 22. 
$8ater, m. III. father 1, 
fcaterlid), paternal 13. 
fcercufyten, I. despise 21, 
2Sera$tung, f. (no pi.) contempt 22* 
aeranbern, I. change 8. 
fcercmlaffen, L induce 8, 
23eranlaffung, f. IV. occasion 16, 
Jjerfcrentten, irr. bum 20 (26), 
fcerberkn, II, 2. spoil (19), 
Serberfcttyett, f. IV. corruption 20* 
tterbienen, I. deserve 6, 
tterbtettt, deserved 22, 
wbriegen, IV. vex (24). 
tterefyrett, I. worship 18. 
aeremigen ftd), I. join 20. 
Serfaffurtg, f. IV. system 17, 
Serferttgung, f. IV. preparing 14, 
$ergattgticf}feit,f. IV. perishableness 

22. 
sergeffen, II. 1. forget 14 (18). 
SBergnugen, n. III. pleasure 23. 
Serpftmfji, n. I. relation 13, 
tterfyeiratfjen, I. marry 13. 
fcerfctufen, I. sell 7. 
Uxtixnbtn, I. foretell 20. 
»erleit)en, HI, 2. grant 18, 
tterfeumben, I. slander 14. 
sertieren, IV. lose (24), 
SDermogen, n. III. means 14, 
tterri^tett, I. attend to 14. 
$erfammtung, f. IV. meeting 17* 
tterfdjteben, different 7. 
»erfe^en, II, 1. provide 22, 



119 — 



SerftCtnb, m. I. intelligence 7. 
tterftorfcett, deceased 16, 
tterftogen, III, 3. cast off 12. 
aerfudjen, I. try 22. 
fcertljetten, I. distribute 10. 
2$ertt>anbte, m. IV. relative 16. 
$ertt>anbrf$aft, f. IV. relationship 

20. 
fcertterfett, II, 2. reject 22. 
aerttmnbet, wounded 5. 
Metier, m. IV. cousin 3. 
fctel, much 6 (51). 
fctele, many 2. 
VkMtyt, perhaps 22. 
Stelmetyr, rather 21. 
&ier, four 4. 
»fer$e{)rt, fourteen 5. 
Dteratg, forty 5. 
aSiolin, f. IV. violin 4. 
*BogeI, m. III. bird 10 (7). 
%$Qlt, n. II. nation 6, people 7. 
ttoflbrutgett, irr. accomplish (13). 
SOlHommen, complete 12. 
&0tt, of 3, by 10, from 13. 
DOT, before, in front of 13. 
scran, before 18. 
SSorfatyre, m. IV. ancestor 15. 
SSormunb, m. II. guardian 12. 
23or(Mung, f. IV. conception 20. 
SSorttater, m. III. forefather 17. 
»crtoarr3, forward 20, 
fcorjuglid), principally 10. 
2Ba$fen, V. grow (25). 
SBaffe, f. IV. arm (weapon) 13. 
SBajfettfanj, m. I. wardance 15. 
£Ba$en, m. III. wagon 10, carriage 

14 (7). 
ttagen, IV. weigh (24). 
ttatyrett, L secure 17* 



tta^renb, during 13. 

nja^rf(^einlt(^, probable 19. 

SBatb, m. II. forest 8, woods 9. 

foCtttett, 1. manage 12, rule 19. 

ttdlaert, I. roll 20. 

2Banb, f. I. wall 13. 

toanbern, I. go (wander) 10. 

SBaWett, n. III. weapon 10 (7)* 

tcaxm, waim 12. 

ttxtrum, why 6. 

ttCtS, what 3. 

ttafdjett, V. wash 8 (25). 

Staffer, n. III. water 16. 

ttetett, IV. weave (24). 

SBedjfet, m. III. change 5. 

ttetfen, L wake 9. 

tteber — rtocl), neither — nor 13* 

ttegett, on account of 13. 

SBeib, n. II. woman 15. 

tt>eM$, female 12. 

ttetc&en, III, l. yield 21. 

SBetbegrunb, m. I. pasture 11. 

tteitten, I. weep 9. 

SBeinftotf, m. I. grapevine 10. 

ttetfe, wise 19. 

ttetfett, ni, 2. show (22). 

ttm§, white 18. 

^Beiflfagung, f. IV. prophecy 20. 

tt>eit, far 16. 

SBet^en, m. III. wheat 10. 

toetdjer, who, which 4, 7. 

2Belr, f. IV. world 18. 

SBeltmeer, n. I. ocean 19. 

ttenbett, irr. turn 22 (26). 

ttentct, little 2. 

ttentge, few 17. 

ttemgjrens, at least 1. 

ttetm, when 4, if 10. 

ttertn gtei$, although 7. 



120 — 



tt>er, who 8, 

tterben, II, 2. woo 19* 

foerbett, irr. become etc. 5 (31), 

tterfen, II, 2. throw (19). 

SBefett, n. III. being 18. 

SBejten, m. III. west 10. 

SBettremten, n. III. race 22. 

ttucljttg, important 18. 

ttiber, against 13. 

SBiberfadjer, m. III. antagonist 19. 

tttbmett, I. devote 7. 

ttte, as 6, how 6. 

tt)teber, again 2. 

ttueberfommett, II, 2. return 12. 

ttiegen, IV. weigh (24). 

SBiefe, f. IV. meadow 10. 

ttritb, fierce 7. 

SBtlb, n « ( no pM game 11. 

SBilbe, m. IV. savage 8. 

SBHbtttjj, f. I.' wilderness 8. 

ffiiUcn, m. III. will 17 (4). 

fofoben, H, 3. wind (20). 

SBtnfel, m. III. corner 24. 

SBinter, m. III. winter 8. 

ttrirfen, I. work 18. 

ttiffen, irr. know 7 (46). 

SBitttte, f. IV. widow 16. 

tOC, where 1. 

ttJObet, whereat 17. 

2Bo$e, f. IV. week 13. 

tsoburd), whereby 16. 

2Bo$e, f. IV. wave 20. 

tt>of)l, well 1, perhaps 16. 

ttofjtfetl, cheap 10. 

tt>or)nen, I. live 6, dwell 18. 

2Bof)ttort, m. I. home 5. 

SBotf, m. I. wolf 20. 

2Bot!e, f. IV. cloud 8. 

SBofle, f. IV. wool 14. 



ttoffett, irr. wish 11, desire 23 (41). 

SBonne, f. IV. bliss 20. 

2Bort, n. I. and II. word 23. 

ttop, for which 15. 

tt>unf$en, I. wish 6. 

tturbiij, worthy 22. 

SBurbtgung, f. IV. estimation 22. 

SBitrfef, m. III. die 15. 

tollmen, I. rage 8. 

3a$(ctt, I. pay 6. 

lixljkti, I. count 9. 

3af)tt, m. I. tooth 8. 

Baukrfimjte, I. (pi.) witchcraft 19. 

gaubertt, I. hesitate 6. 

3aum, m. I. bridle 3. 

jetyn, ten 4. 

jetgen, I. show 14. 

3etf?en, III, 2. charge (22). 

3eit, f. IV. time 6, 

3ettUtt$, f. IV. newspaper 13. 

StViQt, m. IV. witness 16, 

aiefyett, IV. draw 8, raise 14 (24). 

&temlt$, tolerably 22. 

3tmmer, n. III. room 7. 

ju, to 6, 13, too 6. 

&U £ctufe, at home 1. 

3U$ti$en, I. chastise 12. 

$ubem, moreover 18. 

jufrieben, contented 1. 

$Ugtet$, at the same time 13. 

3ufunft, f. I future 19. 

julenfen, I. turn 23. 

jittefct, at last 15. 

$urutf, back 8. 

prMfefyrett, I. return 24. 

3ufammenfycm$, m. I. connection 17. 

3u(ianb, m. I state 18. 

&ttatt$tg, twenty 5. 

$tt>ar, it is true 23. 



— 121 



3tt>etf, m. I. object 21. 
$tt>et, two 4. 

3tt)et9, m. I. branch 23* 
8tteimat, twice 14. 



3we% m. dwarf 19. 
jtmrtgett, II, 3. force (20). 
attifdjert, between 5, 13. 



II. 



Abyss, §HJ£runb, m. 1. 20. 
accept, anrtetymen, II. 2. 
accompany, begleiten L 11. 
acknowledge, cmerfennen, irr. 22. 
acknowledgment, Slnerfennuncj f. 

IV. 22. 
active, ttycitig, 21. 
admire, fceftUttbertt I. 7* 
admittance, GEtn^CUtcj m. I. 24. 
adorn, fcfymutfen I. 7 4 
address, anfyre$ett II, 2. 23. 
advance, SlnmarfcJ) m. I. 23. 
advice, SRatlj m. I. 18. 
affair, ©adje, f. IV. 19.. 
after, na$bem 21. 
afterwards, nad)t?er 12. 
again, tx>fet>er 2, abtxmaU 24. 
agility, ©erocmbt^eit f. IV. 24. 
air, 8uft f. I. 19. 
alas, tetber 21. 
alive, lefcenbta 17. 
all. Cbtle 1. 
already, fdjon 6. 
always, immer 16„ 
ancestor, $orfat)re m, IV. 15. 
and, imb 1. 

angel, ©ttget m. III. 22. 
answer, Stnttoort f. IV. 18. 
antagonist, 2Btbcrfa$er, m. III. 19 
anxious, fcegtertg 18. 
apparition, (£rfd)einunci f. IV. 18 



appear, erfc^etnen III, 2. 18, $er$or* 

treten II, l. 18. 
approach, ftdj n&fyertt L 20. 
arm, 2Irm m. I. 21. 
arm, fcewaffnen I. 21. 
arming, 23ett>affnung f. IV. 17, 
army, £eer n. I. 17. 
around, um 13. 
artist, ilunjlter m. III. 15. 
ashamed, to be, ftd) f^dmett I. 23. 
ashes, 2lfd)e f. IV. 21. 
ask, fcefrct$en I. 17. 
assent, ktfitmmen I. 22. 
assume, anneljmen II, 2. 24. 
astonished, erflcmnt 23. 
astonishment, (Erjkunung (no pi.) 

24. 
attack, 3trt3rifF m. I. 20. 
attend, kforgett I. 15. 
attend to, pflegen I. 11. 
attribute, Mlegen I. 18. 
aunt, Xatltt f. IV. 17. 
away, fort 2. 
Back, priid: 18. 
bad, ftfcltmm 15, f$fe<$t 22. 
ball, Ball m. I. 14. 
barrel, $a§ n. II. 23. 
bathe, fcabett I. 12. 
k battle, ©d)ta*$ f. IV. 19. 
beautiful, fcprt 1. 
beauty, ©#ita$cit f. IV. 20. 



— 122 — 



because, totxl 15. 

become, tx>erbett irr. 18. 

bed. Sett n. (mixed) 13. 

beech, Sudje f. IV. 11. 

before, X>qx 13. 

behind, tjinter 13. 

being, SBefe-n n. III. 18. 

believe, glaufcen L 12. 

belong, ancjepren I. 17. 

beside, nektt 13. 

better, fceffer 14. 

between, ^mifdjen 13. 

beyond, jenfettg 19. 

bible, SBiM f. IV. 20. 

bird, ^oget m. III. 10. 

black, fcfjwarj 16. 

blame, tabeln I. 9. 

blaze, lobertt I. 20. 

bless, fegrten 1. 18. 

bliss, SBonne f. IV. 20. 

bloodrelation, SlutSfreuttbm.I, 20. 

bloody, Muttg 15. 

body, Sorter m. III. 23. 

boil, fteben IV. 12. 

book, m$ n. II. 3. 

bookkeeper. 23ud)fjafter m. HI. 22. 

boot, ©tiefef m. III. 23. 

borrow, entlefynen 1. 16. 

bosom, @$ofj m. I. 19. 

bottle, glaffle f. IV. 13. 

bow, Socien m, III. 21. 

boy, Striate m. IV. 11. 

branch, 3^$ m - 1- 23. 

bravery, £apferfeit f. (no pi.) 19. 

breast, SBrujt f. L 15. 

breathe, atftmen I. 23. 

bridle, 3aum m. I. 3. 

bright, Ji$t 19. 

bring, tyoleit I. 17. 



bring with, ttttt6rttt$ett irr. 11, 

broken, ^erfcrodjen 6. 

brother, 23ruber m. III. 1. 

brown, fcratm 15. 

build, fcauen 1. 15. 

building, ($5eMube n. III. 10. 

burn, uxbxtnmn irr. 20* 

but, after 1, nur 18. 

butterfly, ©$mettertitt3 m. 1. 18* 

buy, faufen I. 8. 

by, son 10, bur$ 13. 

Call on, fcefu^ett I. 24. 

captain, ^auptmcittn m. irr. 5. 

carpenter, 3wmermattn m. irr. 21* 

carriage, SBa^en m. III. 14. 

carry, tragett V. 13. 

cart, barren m. III. 20. 

castle, ©<fyfo§ n. II.. 2. 

cat, ^a|e f. IV. 3. 

cent, (Eent m. I. 19. 

ceremony, gtier f. (no pi.) 16. 

certain, gett>i§ 21. 

chair, ©tU^l m. I. 6. 

change, serdnbern I. 8. 
character, (Jfyarafter m. I. 7* 
cheap, ttofytfeit 19. 
child, Stnb n. II. 9. 
choose, erma^Ien I. 22. 
church, .ftir^e f. IV. 2. 
city, ©tabt f. I. 8. 
clean, reimgen 1. 8. 
clear, btutlxty 18, Har 18. 
close, en$ 17. 

coachman, $utf$er m. III. 3. 
coat, Stotf m. I. 8. 
cock, £cri)n m. I. 8. 
coffee, fiaffe m. (no pi.) 12. 
colored, farbtg 15. 
combine, sereimgen I. 24. 



123 



come, fommen n, 2. 8. 
commission, $uftrag m. I. 24, 
compel, janngen II, 3. 23, 
complain, fta$ett I. 16. 
comprehend, begreifen III, 1, 22, 
concern, fcetreffen II, 2. 22, 
concert, (Concert n. L 15, 
conclude, fdjftegen IV. 19. 
confusion, SSerttfrmn^ f. IV. 21. 
consciousness, 23eftugtfetn n. Ill, 

17, 
consequence, ^oTcje f. IV, 15, 
contain, ettt^alten III, 3. 22, 
contest, ^atttpf m, I, 16, 
continually, forttt>cU?renb 19, 
continue, fortfaJjrert V. 20, 
convent, ^icfler n. III. 10, 
conversation, ©efprtid) n. I. 17, 
corner, Mt f. IV. 18, 
correct, HdjUg 15, 
costly, loPar 16. 
coton, mumtOOUl f. IV. 12, 
counsel, $3eratfjutt3 £ IV. 15, 
count, jafjlen 1. 9. 
count, ®raf m. IV. 11. 
countess, ®rdfttt f. IV. 11, 
country, 2attb n. II. 8, 
court, ®eri$t n. I. 5. 
cover, fcebecfett, I. 15, 
cow, $u$ f. I. 3, 
criticise, Irttfftrett I. 24. 
cry, foetttett I. 21. 
Bance, tattjen I 12, 
dangerous, gefal)rtt(3j 18, 
daughter, £tfd)ter f. III. 4, 
day, £ag m, I. 1. 
day after tomorrow, ukrmottjett 5 
deep, tief 15. 
defiance, Zx&% m. I. 15, 



deliver, aBgeBett II, 1. 22. 
demand, gorberung f. IV. 19. 
deserve, tterbtenen L 6, 
desire, ttmnfdjett I. 24, 
despair, tteratteifeln I. 17, 
detain, aWjaUett III, 3. 22, 
different, &erf$ieben, 7. 
difficult, firmer 24, 
dinner, SStttttageffm n. III. 16, 
directly, gtetd) 5, 
discharged, etttlaffett 5. 
dish, ®ert(^t n. I. 12, 
dispute, ©trett m. L 4. 
distort, serbretyen I. 24, 
do, tfjurt irr. 11. 
dog, £unb m. I. 3. 
dollar, SMar m. III. 16. 
door, Satire f. IV. 13. 
done, ferttg 8. 
down, fcerunter 18, a£ 21. 
dozen, £)ufjettb n. I. 6, 
drawer, <Sd)lt6tctbe f. IV. 13. 
dwelling house, 2Bo|)ttI?au3 n.II. 21 
Eagerly, etfrig 16. 
ear, Dfyr n. (mixed) 12, 
earth, ©rbef.IV. 20, 
easily, letdjt 17, 
eat, effeit II, 1. 8, 
effeminate, tteidjttcfj 15. 
egg, @i n. II. 9. 
eight afyt 4, 
eighteen, adjrje^tt 5. 
eighty, acfjrjfg 5, 
eleven, elf 4, 

employment 23efdjafti$ung f. IV. 22. 
enemy, getrtb m. I. 19. 
♦ enough, $ermg 3. 
everything, atleS 24. 
exaggerated, ufcertrteSett 15. 



— 124 



examined, Uttterfudjt 5. 

excursion, $u3f!u£ m, I. 23. 

expression, SluSbrutf m. I. 15. 

eye, Stuge n. (mixed) 12. 

Failure, 3D?igltngen n. HI. 17* 

false, falfcfj, 19. 

far, weft 19. 

fast, f<$neH 16. 

father, $arer m. III. l t 

fault, fje^ter m. III. 16. 

faultless, fe^Ierfret 24. 

favor, ©uttji f. (no pi.) 15 

fear, fur^tett I. 10. 

feeling, Oefityt n. I. 15. 

fetter, geffel f. IV. 23. 

few, ftenige, (pi.) 22. 

field, $elbn. II. 3. 

find, flnben II, 3. 11. 

first, at first, cmfctngs 18* 

fish, gtf$ m. L 8. 

five, fftnf 4. 

fifteen, funfjetyn 5. 

fifty, fflnftifl 5. 

flame, gtctmme f. IV. 21. 

flower, 231ume £ IV. 11. 

follow, foXgen 1. 15. 

foot, gug, m. I. 18. 

for, fur 6, feit 13. 

fork, ©abel f. IV. 3. 

former, the, ber erftere 15» 

formerly, fbttjl 4. 

four, irier 4. 

fourteen, fcier^tt 5. 

forty, Sterjtcj 5. 

fresh, frifdj 15, 

friend, greunb m. I. 4. 

fright, Sfnsfl f. I. 21. 

from, son 13. 

front, in — of, vox, 13, 



fruit, grud)t f. I. 20. 

fruit tree, Dbjffiaum m. I. 20. 

full, »ofl 21. 

Crarden, ©artett m. III. 3. 

get away, abfommen II, 2. 23. 

ghost, ©etjt m. II. 12. 

give, geben II, 1. 12. 

give up, aufgekn II, 1. 19. 

glad, to be, ftdj freuen I. 23. 

glass, ©k3 n. II. 13. 

go, ge|)en irr. 6. 

go out, ctuggefyett irr. 11. 

God, ©ott m. II. 18. 

good, gut 14. 

great, grog 9. 

greenhouse, ©(ct^CtUS n. II. 15. 

guest, ©aft m. I. 8. 

Hair, £aar n. I. 7. 

halt, £alt m. I. 23. 

hand, $cmb f. L 8. 

hand, iikrgefcen II, 1. 22. 

hang, intrans. tycmgen III, 3. 13, 

trans, ^dttgen I. 13. 
happen, sorfommen II, 2. 22. 
happy, glMidj 1. 
harm, <S$dbett m. III. 10. 
harness, @ef$irr n. I. 3. 
hat, £ut, m. I. 8. 
hay, £eu n. I. 3. 
heap, £ctufen m. III. 21. 
hear, pren I. 9. 
heaven, £itttmet m. III. 20. 
help, §elfett II, 2. 11. 
hen, $u$tt, n. H. 9. 
Henry, £einri$ 24. 
here, $ier 1. 
hit, jiogen III, 3. 18. 
home, at home, ju $aufe 1. 
horse, $ferb n. I. 3. 



125 



hot, Ijeig 15. 

house, $ctU3 n. II. 1. 

hundred, fyunbevt 5. 

hungry, l)ungrig 23, 1 am hungry, 

e$ ^ungert mt$ 23. 
In, in 2. 

inclined, genet^t 24. 
ingratitude, Unbcmfbctrfett f. IV. 16. 
instruct, unterricfytett 1. 11. 
instructed, unterrt(J)tet 5. 
intelligence, SBerjiattb m. I. 7. 
intend, twrtyaben irr. 24. 
into, in 13. 

invitation, ©inlabuttg f. IV. 22. 
invite, emtaben V. 14. 
Journal, journal n. L 23. 
joy, greube f. IV. 24. 
judge, Sfttcfyter m. IIJ. 19. 
judgment, Urtfyetl n. I. 15. 
just, eben 17. 
just, bitl\o> 24. 
just now, foebett 22. 
Keep, fatten III, 3. 18. 
kill, f$tad)tett L 8. 
killed, getobtet 5. 
king, $6tttjJ m. I. 8. 
knife, Weffer n. III. 3. 
liamp, £ampe f. IV. 13. 
last, bauem I. 15. 
last, the, ber legte 15. 
late, fpdt 22. 
lay, te$en I. 9. 
leaf, SBIatt n. it 9. 
learn, tenten I. 11. 
leave, lajfen ni, 3. 18. 
letter, <8rief m. I. 7. 
lie, liegen II, 1. 13. 
light, 8t$t n. II. 4. 
lighten, blt&ett I. 23. 



little, foetus 2. 
live, (ebon L 6. 
lively, Xeb^aft 17. 
long, ftrf) fefcnen I. 23. 
loss, SertuTl m. 1. 19. 
love, lieben I. 6. 
Mail, $o|t f. IV. 21. 
male, mannttdj 15. 
man, Warm m. II. 7. 
manage, etrtri$ten I. 22. 
manly, m&ttttltdj 15. 
many, iriele 2. 
mass, 9Kaffe f. IV. 15. 
'mat, Watte f. IV. 13. 
matter, <Sa$e f. IV. 18. 
meanwhile, Uttterbeffett 5. 
medicine, Slrjttet f. IV. 14. 
mild, mtlb 15. 

misfortune, Utt$tutf n. I. 16. 
miss, serfeftfen I. 22. 
modest, befcfyeiben 15. 
modesty, 23efdjeibetrtjett f. IV. 15, 
money, ®elb n. II. 10. 
monotonous, eitttomg 15. 
monument, £)enfmal n. II. 16.° 
more, nteljr 21. 
mother, Gutter f. III. 1. 
move, rittfen I. 13. 
much, mel 6. 
muddy, f^mufcig 23. 
music, Wilftf f. IV. 15. 
musician, Wuftfer m. III. 15. 
my, mein 3. 
Nail, ftagel m. III. 17. 
natural, rtaturlidj 24. 
need, braurtjen I. 7. 
need, Woty f. I. 12. 
neighbor, 9iad)bar m. IV. 11. 
nest, ft eft n. II. 9. 



— 128 



never, ntemats 17, 
v, neu 18, 



people, Scute (pi.) 6. 

perhaps, $ieflei$t 15. 

person, 9)erfott f. IV. 24. 

philosopher, 9>l)Uofopfy m. IV. 2* 

physician, 2tt£t, m. I. 13* 

piano, spicmo, n. irr. 4, 

picture, 23ifb, n. II. 7. 

pigeon, XauU f. IV. 19* 

pill, $tfie f. IV. 14. 

pitiful, i&mmerttd) 18. 

pity, TOteiben n. III. 17, to take 

pity, ftd) erfcarmen 23, 
plain, ©bene f. IV. 23. 
plant, pflanjen 1. 13. 
plate, Setter m. III. 15. 
play, fpteien I. 5. 
please, gefaflen III, 3. 15. 
once more; nod) em* pocket, £afd)e L IV. 13* 
[mat 21. poor, arm 23. 



new, 

newspaper, 3eitunfl f. IV. 13 

next, the, ber nad)j}e 5. 

nine, neun 4. 

nineteen, neun^efjn 5. 

ninety, neunjtg 5. 

no, tteitt 2. 

noble, ebeX 16. 

nobody, ntemanb 21. 

noise, ($5erdufd) n. I. 17. 

not, nt$t 1. 

now, nun 2. 

Oak, ffitcfce f. IV. 14. 

of, t>on 9, 13. 

old, alt L 

on, an, auf 13. 

once, etn(i 4, 

one, einer 4, 



only, nur 2. 

open, ojfnen I. 12. 

opera, Dper f. IV. 15. 

opinion, ^etnung f. IV. 15. 

or, ober 6. 

otorg the-day, tteulidj 17. 



position, ©tcttung, f. IV. 23* 
possible, mogXtc^ 22. 
pound, Spfunb n. I. 12. 
powerful, md(^ttg 12. 
praise, tobett I. 6. 
precious, foftfcar 8. 



ought to, foflte (imperf. subj.) 24. prefer, &orjte$en IV. 15. 



over, liber 13. 

Fain, ©djmera m. (mixed) 18. 
paint, maien 1. 10. 
painting, ®emdtbe n. III. 13. 
pair, Spaar n. I. 13. 
pardon, fcegnabtgen I. 19. 
parents, (Eltern (pi.) 5. 
parlor, Sefud^immer n. III. 17. 
peace, grieben m. III. 10. 
pear, Stnte f. IV. 20. 
pen, geber f. IV. 3. 
pencil, 23'lefftift m. I. 4. 
penitentiary, 3u$t§au$-n. II. 19. 



preference, $or£UC| m. I. 15, 
present, ®efdjenf n. I. 17* 
pride, ©tolj m. I. 15. 
public, 5)uDttfum n. irr. 15. 
put off. auffd)tekn IV. 23. 
Quarrel, jlrettett III, 1. 18. 
quick, f$neH 19* 
quietly, ru*)t3 17. 
Rabbit, £afe m. IV. 10. 
rather, tieber 7. 
read, fefen II, 1. 5. 
receive, erfyatten HI, 3. 8. 
recommended, empfo^len 5 t 



— 127 — 



red, xoty 15. 

rein, Qu^cl m. HI. 18. 

remember, ftdj erinnertt I. 23. 

require, tterlangen I. 24. 

rest, ru^en I. 23. 

return, jurudfe^ren I. 5. ' 

riches, 9ietdjtr)um m. II. 9. 

ridden, (jefatyren 10. 

ride, reften ni, 1. 12, fasten V. 16. 

right, redjt 18. 

ring, SRh\$ m. L 8. 

roof, <£a&) n. II. 19. 

room, 9iaum m. I. 6, 3tmmem.IH. 

7. 
rose, Jftofe f. IV. 11. 
ruler, Regent m. IV. 12. 

Safety, SRettung, f. IV. 21. 

salted, aefafaen 15. 

satisfied, ^ufrieben 15. 

satisfy, pfrieben fieflen 1. 17. 

save, retten I. 21. 

say, fagen I. 7. 

school, <5tyvLlt f. IV. 24. 

scream, fdjreten III, 2. 18. 

seek, fud)en I. 7. 

seen, gefetyen 8. 

seize, greifen nadj III, 1. 18. 

sell, tterfaufen I. 7. 

sentimentality, ©enttmentalitdt f. 
IV. 15. 

servant (female) 5^agb f. I. 2. 

set, jtet(en I. 13, fe&en I. 16. 

seven, fie&en 4. 

seventeen, ftefcen$er)n 5. 

seventy, ftebenpg 5. 

shade, <Sd)atten m. III. 20. 

sheep, 6d)Ctf n. I. 3. 

shoemaker, (5d)U§nta$er m. III. 10, 

shop, 2Berf jtatte f. IV. 21. 



short, !urj 1. 

shovel, (gdjaufel f. IV. 7. 

show, jetgen L 14. 

sick, Iran! 1. 

sideroom, <8etten$immer n. III. 17. 

sister, <S$toejter f. IV. 2. 

six, fed)3 4. 

sixteen, fedj$er)n 5. 

sixty, fec^^to 5. 

slander, serleumben I. 14. 

slight, flein 22. 

slow, tancjfam 18. 

small, llein 10. 

smile, I&djeln I. 24. 

snow, (Settee m. 1. 15. 

snow, fdjneien I. 23. 

so, fo 6. 

sob, fd)lu$3en I. 24. 

sofa, ©ofa n. irr. 13. 

soldier, ©dbat m. IV. 2. 



some, ettt>a3 15. 

some (pi.), etntge 20. 

somebody, {emanb 21. 

something, etfodS 22. 

somewhat, etfoClS 14. 

son, (gofytt, m.I. 4. 

soon, fcctlb 5. 

spade, (S^aten m. III. 7. 

spoon, Coffel m. III. 3. 

stand, jter)en irr. 13. 

startle (intrans.), erftyreden II, 2. 17 

state, (Staat m. (mixed) 12. 

stay, frteiben HI, 2. 12. 

still, nodj 15. 

stone, (stem m. I. 8. 

stop, fatten III, 3. 18. 

story, (s5rod m. I. 21. 

street, ©trage f. IV. 13. 

struggle, $ampf, m. L 15. 



128 



study, lerncn 1. 12. 

submit, ftd) uttterfterfen II, 2. 23. 

success, ©rfoXg m. I. 15. 

suddenly, plo&Itd) 18. 

suffer, letben III, 1, 10; erteiben 

III, 1. 22. 
surpass, itbertreffen n, 2. 15. 
surprised, to be, ft$ tourtbem 1.23. 
suspend, tyattgen I. 13. 
swamp, (Sitmpf m. I. 20. 
symphony, ©^mp^Ottte f. IV. 15. 
Table, £ifd) m. I. 8. 
tailor, ©djrteiber m. III. 10. 
take, nefymen II, 2. 12. 
talk, ptaubern 1. 12. 
taste, (5kf$mad m. I. 15. 
teacher, £e()rer m. III. 5. 
Jell, rjeigen III, 2. (irr.) 18, fagen I, 

20. 
ten, jetyrt 4. 

texture, ®ewebc n. III. 10* 
that, bet* 2. 

theater, Sweater n. III. 24. 
there, bort 2, ba 17. 
therefore, be^alfc 15, alfo 23. 
think, gtaufcert I. 7. 
thirsty, I am, e$ burjiet tttici) I* 23. 
thirteen, bretjefyn 5. 
thirty, breigig 5. 
this, biefer 7. 
three, bret 4. 
thunder, bonrtem I. 23. 
ticket, 33tHet n. (mixed) 15. 
timber, fatten m. III. 21. 
time, SSflatn. I.-18. 
tired, mitbe 23. 
to, ju 6. 
today, ^eute 5. 
tomorrow, morgcn 8. 



too, $u 6. 

tooth, 3a^n m. I. 8. 
town, ©tabt f. I. 10. 
treat, betycmbetn I. 14. 
tree, 33aum m. I. 11. 
true, foctfyr 16. 
trunk, Coffer m. III. 7. 
twelve, jitwlf 5. 
twenty, Jtoanjig 5. 
two, $tt>et 4. 

Unanswered, UttkctttHttOrtet 18. 
uncle, Drtfel m. III. 4. 
under, unter 13. 
understand, tterjtefyett irr. 22. 
unheeded, un&ead)tet 18. 
unjust, uttgerecfjt 19. 
unnatural, urmaturlid} 24. 
unwell, utmofyl 2. 
unworthy, utwurbtg 15. 
upper, the, ber ofcere 21. 
usually, gettofynttdj 15. 
Valuable, toertfwfl 15. 
venison, SBiXbpret n. I. 17. 
vexed, I am, e$ argert mi$ I. 23 # 
village, $wf n. II. 9. 
violin, SBtoline f. IV. 4. 
visit, befu$en I. 11. 
voice, <®timme f. IV. 24. 
Wagon, SBagcn m. III. 10. 
wait, wctrtert I. 24. 
walk, gefyert irr. 12. 
. wall, 2Banb, f. I. 7. 
warm, toaxm 12. 
wash, foctfdjert V. 8. 
watch, Ul)r f. IV. 16. 
way, 2Beg, m. I. 22. 
wear, trctgen V. 16, 
weather, ^Better n. III. 23. 
week, SBoc^e f. IV. 5. 



129 



well, foo!)t 1. 

well, 23runnett m. HI. 20. 

west, SBejten m. III. 10. 

what, foaS 3. 

wheelbarrow, ©(iju&Iarrett, m. III. 

20. 
when, foetm 4. 
where, too 1, tt)0$ftt 24. 
white, tt>et§ 15. 
whole, ganj 15. 
wine, 2Bettt m. I. 15. 
wise, toeife 16. 
wish, tt>unf$ett 1. 15. 
with, mit 8, 13. 
woman, grew f. IV, 2, Sett, n.H 

15. 



woods, SBaft m. II. 9. 
world, 2Be« f. IV. 16. 
worth, 2Bert$ m. I. 15. 
worthy, tourbfg 15. 
wounded, sertounbet 5. 
write, fdjreiktt HI, 2. 11. 
wrong, fatf$ 15. 
wrong, Unrest n. I. 19. 
Yard, ©ffe f. IV. 12. 
year, 3atyr n. I. 5. 
yes, ja 3. 

yesterday, gejtertt 2. 
yet, nfld) 8, f$mt 18. 
young, Jung 1. 
youth, 3>UttCjlitt(J m. I. 8. 



GENERAL INDEX. 



The plain numbers refer to the lessons in Part. L, the sign § to the 
sections (§) in Part II. 



SKMatlt, its meaning and use § 13, 5 c, § 36 ; their paradigms, fyaDefl 

table of § 17. § 29, fein § 30, Herbert § 31. 

Accusative, governed by preposi- Auxiliary verbs of mood 11, 12, 

tions, 13 c, § 59, 60. § 41—46. 

Adjectives, predicative form 1 e, 

§ 50; comparison § 51; declen- Capitals, used with nouns (Introd. 

sion 15, § 52 — 56 ; u one } ; after 3) 1 c. 

an adjective 15 b. Comparison of adjectives § 51. of 

Adverbs, superlative § 51 Note ; adverbs § 51 Note. 

their position in a sentence 8 c, Compound tenses 9, § 27, 28. 

§ 65. Compound verbs § 25 Note ; inse 

Arrangement of words ; principal parable, 22, §39; separable 22 

sentence 2 c. 5 e. § 62, 63 ; sub- § 40. 

ordinate sentence 10, § 64; mo- Conditional mood 10 a, § 74, 2. 

difying expressions 18, § 65,.. ; Conjugation, system of — § 11 ; 

inversion of principal sent. 14 d, terminations of — § 16 ; present 

§ 70, of interrogative s. 21, § 71, tense 6 a, b, and 16 a, imperf. 

of subordinate s. 23, § 72. t. 7 c, perfect t. 9 b, 10 b, future 

Augment of the past participle 9, t. 8 b. Weak conj. § 12, para- 

§ 14. digms § 32, 33. Strong c. § 13, 

Auxiliary verbs § 27, 28; Jjafcett 17, paradigms § 34, 35. Passive 

§ 34; fein 10 b, 18, § 35; foerben voice § 36. First conj. 9, § 12 ; 

(130) 



— 131 — 

second 17, § 18 — 20; third 18, 4?Clftett, present tense 3 a, imperfect 
§ 21—23 ; fourth 19, § 24 ; fifth t 4 a; as auxiliary 17, § 27, 28, 
20, § 25; irregular 21, § 26, paradigm § 29. 

Correlative pronoun 16 b. ^POcty, its comparison § 51, 5* 

Da&, left out 23, § 72. 3$, not with a capital Id. 

Dative, governed by prepositions Imperative mood 7 d, formation 

13 b, d, § 58, 60. § 13, 3. 

Declension, of articles § 1, 2; of Imperfect tense, weak conj. § 12, 2; 

nouns § 3, 4; first decl. 8, § 5; strong § 13, 1, 5. 

second 9. § 6; third 10, § 7; Impersonal verbs 23; with tyctlJett 

fourth 11, § 8; mixed 12, § 4, 3, § 28; paradigm § 37* 

§ 9. Of pronouns, personal § Indefinite article § 2. 

47, demonstrative etc. 7b, § 49, Indicative mood § 73. 

possessive 9 d. § 49, Of adject- Infinitive 19 (a) 24, § 10. 

ives 15, § 52 — 56. Inseparable verbs 22; no augment 

Definite article § 1. § 14, 2. 3* paradigm § 39, 

Demonstrative pronouns ; their de- Interrogative pronouns § 48. 

clension 7 b, § 48* Intransitive verbs, with ^afcett 17, 

£>erient$e 16 b. with fein 10 b, 18 ; paradigm § 

£erfertel6b. 28. 

Diminutive nouns § 4, 10. Irregular verbs, 21, § 26 ; foiffett, 

Do as auxiliary § 61, 4. 18, § 46 Note. 



Diirfen 12, § 45. 



fljmten, 11, § 43. 



©S, as subject 22 b. s^ indef# pron oun 14 b. 

<£$ 9tbt, meaning of it 12 d. Measure, expressions of 12, § 4, 

13. 
Feminine nouns; their declension Modifying expressions, their posi- 

§ 4, 4 ; their formation § 4, 12. t ion in a sentence 18, § 65. 

sWogen, 12, § 44. 
®e —, augment of the past parti- Moods, indicative § 73 ; subjunct- 

ci P le § l4 * ive 19 b, § 73, 74 ; imperative 

®eben ; e* gi&t, how rendered 12 d. 7 d, § 13, 3 ; conditional 10 a; § 
Genitive of nouns § 4, 5; governed 74 2 ; infinitive 19 (a), 24, § 10. 

by prepositions 13 a, § 57. SMffett, 12, § 46. 

®dtnaen, how constructed 17 d. ^ ut ter, its declension § 3. 
®rc§, its comparison § 51, 5. 
®Ut, „ „ „ S^a^e, its comparison § 51,5. 



— 132 — 

Nouns, § 3—9 (see declension). 9tect)t $aktt, its meaning 20 b. 
Numerals; one — ten 4 b, eleven Reflexive pronoun § 47 Notes 2 

— million 5 d. and 4* 

Objects, their position in a sen- Keflexive verbs 23, conjugated 

tence § 65—68. with ^ aktt § 28 * P aradi g m § 38. 

One, after adjectives not trans- Relative P rono ™ s §48; mx, tote 

lated 15 b used as re * at# P ron * 17 c * 

Oratio obliqua § 74. Ri S ht > to be, how rendered 20 b. 

©ein, present tense 1 a; imperfect 
Paradigms of nouns § 5 — 9, of t. 2 a, infinitive § 10, 1 ; present 

verbs §29—46, participle § 10, 2; as auxiliary- 

Passive voice 14 c, no augment of verb 10 b, 18,§ 27, 28; paradigm 

the auxiliary foerbett § 14, 4; par- § 30. 

adigm § 36. Separable verbs 22, § 40. 

Past participle 9 ; weak conjug. § ©ie, as pronoun of the 2d person 

12, 3, strong c. § 13, 2; itsaug- 6 c, § 47 Note 3. 

ment § 14. ©oflen, 11, § 42. 

Perfect and pluperfect t. 9 b, 10 b. Subjunctive, formation § 10, 3; use 
Personal pronouns, 14, ©ie for you of it 19, § 73, 74. 

6 c; e$ as subject 22b; their Subordinate sentence 10, § 64; its 

declension § 47. inversion 23, § 72. 

Possessive pronouns 9d, § 49. Substantives, see nouns. 
Predicate of sentences 5 e, § 61. Superlative, see comparison. 
Predicative form of the adjective, 

1 e, § 50. There is, there are, rendered e$ 

Prefixes, separable and in separable gi&t 12 d. 

§ 15; takingno augment§ 14, 2,3. Zfyvin, infinitive § 10, 1 ; present par- 
Prepositions, governing the geni- ticiple§ 10,2; its conjugation §26; 

tive 13 a, § 57, the dative 13 b, not an auxiliary § 61, 4. 

§ 58, the accusative 13 c, § 59, £o$ter, its declension § 3. 

dative and accusative 13 d,§ 60; 

their contraction with the article Umlaute, (Introd. 1) ; in the plural 

13 e. of nouns § 3, § 4, 6; in diminuti- 

Present participle § 10, 2. ves § 4 10 ; in feminines § 4, 12; 

Present tense; Umlaut in the strong in the comparison of adjectives 

conjugation 16 a, § 13, 4. § 51, 4 ; in the present tense 16 a ; 

Pronouns; personal § 47; demon- § 13, 4; in the imperfect sub- 

strative etc. 7 b, § 48 ; possess- junctive § 13, 5. 

ive 9 d, § 49; correlative 16 b. Unrest §d6en, its meaning 20 b. 



— 133 — 

Verbs § 10—65; irregular 21, § 26; 5 c, § 27, without the augment 
compound v. 22,§ 15, § 25 Note; § 14, 4; paradigm § 31. 
impersonal 23, § 28; reflexive SEBlfien, 18, §46 Note. 
23, § 28 : see conjugation. SBflflen, 11, § 41. 

$iet, its comparison § 51, 5. SBorben for geroorben § 14, 4. 

w . , . . non 1Q Wrong, to be, how rendered 20 b. 

Weight, expressions of 12, § 4, 13. &7 

2Benn, left out 23, § 72. v - , , , , , ~. A . 

„ ' . ' ■* t> _ You, rendered by bU and @tc 6c, § 

S3er,tx>a^ as relative pronouns 17 c. 47 m t 3 

SBerbett, present and imperfect t. 

5 a, b; its significations and use 3u, with the infinitive 24, § 10. 




